42 U.S.C.
United States Code, 2011 Edition
Title 42 - THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE
CHAPTER 6A - PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
SUBCHAPTER XXIV - HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM
From the U.S. Government Publishing Office, www.gpo.gov

SUBCHAPTER XXIV—HIV HEALTH CARE SERVICES PROGRAM

§300ff. Purpose

It is the purpose of this Act to provide emergency assistance to localities that are disproportionately affected by the Human Immunodeficiency Virus epidemic and to make financial assistance available to States and other public or private nonprofit entities to provide for the development, organization, coordination and operation of more effective and cost efficient systems for the delivery of essential services to individuals and families with HIV disease.

(Pub. L. 101–381, §2, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 576.)

References in Text

This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 101–381, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 576, known as the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources Emergency Act of 1990, which enacted this subchapter, transferred section 300ee–6 of this title to section 300ff–48 of this title, amended sections 284a, 286, 287a, 287c–2, 289f, 290aa–3a, 299c–5, 300ff–48, and 300aaa to 300aaa–13 [now 238 to 238m] of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 201, 300x–4, 300ff–11, 300ff–46, and 300ff–80 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 201 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Section was enacted as part of the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources Emergency Act of 1990, and not as part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.

§300ff–1. Prohibition on use of funds

None of the funds made available under this Act, or an amendment made by this Act, shall be used to provide individuals with hypodermic needles or syringes so that such individuals may use illegal drugs.

(Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §422, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 628.)

References in Text

This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 101–381, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 576, known as the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources Emergency Act of 1990, which enacted this subchapter, transferred section 300ee–6 of this title to section 300ff–48 of this title, amended sections 284a, 286, 287a, 287c–2, 289f, 290aa–3a, 299c–5, 300ff–48, and 300aaa to 300aaa–13 [now 238 to 238m] of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 201, 300x–4, 300ff–11, 300ff–46, and 300ff–80 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 201 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Section was enacted as part of the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources Emergency Act of 1990, and not as part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.

Part A—Emergency Relief for Areas With Substantial Need for Services

subpart i—general grant provisions

§300ff–11. Establishment of program of grants

(a) Eligible areas

The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall, subject to subsections (b) through (c) of this section, make grants in accordance with section 300ff–13 of this title for the purpose of assisting in the provision of the services specified in section 300ff–14 of this title in any metropolitan area for which there has been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of more than 2,000 cases of AIDS during the most recent period of 5 calendar years for which such data are available.

(b) Continued status as eligible area

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a metropolitan area that is an eligible area for a fiscal year continues to be an eligible area until the metropolitan area fails, for three consecutive fiscal years—

(1) to meet the requirements of subsection (a); and

(2) to have a cumulative total of 3,000 or more living cases of AIDS (reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available.

(c) Boundaries

For purposes of determining eligibility under this subpart—

(1) with respect to a metropolitan area that received funding under this subpart in fiscal year 2006, the boundaries of such metropolitan area shall be the boundaries that were in effect for such area for fiscal year 1994; or

(2) with respect to a metropolitan area that becomes eligible to receive funding under this subpart in any fiscal year after fiscal year 2006, the boundaries of such metropolitan area shall be the boundaries that are in effect for such area when such area initially receives funding under this subpart.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2601, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 576; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(25), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(a)(1), (2), 12(c)(1), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1346, 1373; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §§101(a), (b), 106(a), 107(b), title VII, §§702(1), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2768, 2780, 2783, 2819, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2601 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238 of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(1), substituted “AIDS” for “acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §106(a), substituted “during the most recent period” for “for the most recent period”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §101(b), substituted “through (c)” for “through (d)” and inserted “and confirmed by” after “reported to”.

Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 109–415, §§101(a), 107(b), added subsecs. (b) and (c), substituted “this subpart” for “this part” in subsec. (c) wherever appearing, and struck out former subsecs. (b) to (d) which related to requirement regarding confirmation of cases, requirements regarding population, and continued status as eligible area, respectively.

1996—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(1), inserted “section” before “300ff–14”.

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(a)(1)(B), substituted “metropolitan area for which there has been reported to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of more than 2,000 cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome for the most recent period of 5 calendar years for which such data are available.” for “metropolitan area for which, as of June 30, 1990, in the case of grants for fiscal year 1991, and as of March 31 of the most recent fiscal year for which such data is available in the case of a grant for any subsequent fiscal year—

“(1) there has been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of more than 2,000 cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome; or

“(2) the per capita incidence of cumulative cases of such syndrome (computed on the basis of the most recently available data on the population of the area) is not less than 0.0025.”

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(a)(1)(A), substituted “subject to subsections (b) through (d)” for “subject to subsection (b)”.

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(a)(2), added subsecs. (c) and (d).

1992—Subsecs. (a)(1), (b). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted “Centers for Disease Control and Prevention” for “Centers for Disease Control”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(2), (3), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, provided that:

“(2) Effective Date.—Paragraph (1) [repealing section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415, formerly set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note below] shall take effect as if enacted on September 30, 2009.

“(3) Contingency Provisions.—Notwithstanding section 703 of the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Treatment Modernization Act of 2006 (Public Law 109–415; 120 Stat. 2767 [2820]) [repealing this subchapter, formerly set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note below] and section 139 of the Continuing Appropriations Resolution, 2010 [123 Stat. 2048]—

“(A) the provisions of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff et seq.), as in effect on September 30, 2009, are hereby revived; and

“(B) the amendments made by this Act to title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff et seq.) [see Tables for classification] shall apply to such title as so revived and shall take effect as if enacted on September 30, 2009.”

Effective Date of Repeal

Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820, which provided for the repeal of this subchapter effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146 provided that:

“(a) In General.—Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act [enacting sections 300ff–27a, 300ff–31, 300ff–33 to 300ff–37, 300ff–77, 300ff–78, and 300ff–101 of this title, amending this section and sections 294n, 300d, 300ff–12 to 300ff–17, 300ff–21 to 300ff–23, 300ff–26 to 300ff–29, 300ff–47 to 300ff–49, 300ff–51, 300ff–52, 300ff–54, 300ff–55, 300ff–64, 300ff–71, 300ff–74, 300ff–76, and 300ff–84 of this title, transferring section 294n of this title to section 300ff–111 of this title, repealing sections 300ff–18 and 300ff–30 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 201, 300cc, and 300ff–33 of this title and section 4103 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees], and the amendments made by this Act, shall become effective on October 1, 1996.

“(b) Exception.—The amendments made by sections 3(a), 5, 6, and 7 of this Act to sections 2601(c), 2601(d), 2603(a), 2618(b), 2626, 2677, and 2691 of the Public Health Service Act [sections 300ff–11(c), (d), 300ff–13(a), 300ff–28(b), 300ff–34, 300ff–77, and 300ff–101 of this title], shall become effective on the date of enactment of this Act [May 20, 1996].”

Studies by Institute of Medicine

Pub. L. 106–345, title V, §501, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1352, required the Secretary of Health and Human Services to request the Institute of Medicine or another appropriate entity to conduct a study of State surveillance systems on the prevalence of HIV and a study concerning the relationship between epidemiological measures and health care for certain individuals with HIV and to ensure that the former study be completed and a report submitted to congressional committees not later than 3 years after Oct. 20, 2000, and that the latter study be completed and a report submitted to congressional committees not later than 2 years after Oct. 20, 2000.

Study Regarding HIV Disease in Rural Areas

Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §403, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 622 directed Secretary of Health and Human Services, after consultation with Director of the Office of Rural Health Policy, to conduct study for purpose of estimating incidence and prevalence in rural areas of cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome and cases of infection with etiologic agent for such syndrome and determine adequacy in rural areas of services for diagnosing and providing treatment for such cases that are in early stages of infection, and provided that, not later than 1 year after Aug. 18, 1990, Secretary was to submit report to Congress.

§300ff–12. Administration and planning council

(a) Administration

(1) In general

Assistance made available under grants awarded under this subpart shall be directed to the chief elected official of the city or urban county that administers the public health agency that provides outpatient and ambulatory services to the greatest number of individuals with AIDS, as reported to and confirmed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in the eligible area that is awarded such a grant.

(2) Requirements

(A) In general

To receive assistance under section 300ff–11(a) of this title, the chief elected official of the eligible area involved shall—

(i) establish, through intergovernmental agreements with the chief elected officials of the political subdivisions described in subparagraph (B), an administrative mechanism to allocate funds and services based on—

(I) the number of AIDS cases in such subdivisions;

(II) the severity of need for outpatient and ambulatory care services in such subdivisions; and

(III) the health and support services personnel needs of such subdivisions; and


(ii) establish an HIV health services planning council in accordance with subsection (b) of this section.

(B) Local political subdivision

The political subdivisions referred to in subparagraph (A) are those political subdivisions in the eligible area—

(i) that provide HIV-related health services; and

(ii) for which the number of cases reported for purposes of section 300ff–11(a) of this title constitutes not less than 10 percent of the number of such cases reported for the eligible area.

(b) HIV health services planning council

(1) Establishment

To be eligible for assistance under this subpart, the chief elected official described in subsection (a)(1) of this section shall establish or designate an HIV health services planning council that shall reflect in its composition the demographics of the population of individuals with HIV/AIDS in the eligible area involved, with particular consideration given to disproportionately affected and historically underserved groups and subpopulations. Nominations for membership on the council shall be identified through an open process and candidates shall be selected based on locally delineated and publicized criteria. Such criteria shall include a conflict-of-interest standard that is in accordance with paragraph (5).

(2) Representation

The HIV health services planning council shall include representatives of—

(A) health care providers, including federally qualified health centers;

(B) community-based organizations serving affected populations and AIDS service organizations;

(C) social service providers, including providers of housing and homeless services;

(D) mental health and substance abuse providers;

(E) local public health agencies;

(F) hospital planning agencies or health care planning agencies;

(G) affected communities, including people with HIV/AIDS, members of a Federally recognized Indian tribe as represented in the population, individuals co-infected with hepatitis B or C and historically underserved groups and subpopulations;

(H) nonelected community leaders;

(I) State government (including the State medicaid agency and the agency administering the program under part B of this subchapter);

(J) grantees under subpart II 1 of part C of this subchapter;

(K) grantees under section 300ff–71 of this title, or, if none are operating in the area, representatives of organizations with a history of serving children, youth, women, and families living with HIV and operating in the area;

(L) grantees under other Federal HIV programs, including but not limited to providers of HIV prevention services; and

(M) representatives of individuals who formerly were Federal, State, or local prisoners, were released from the custody of the penal system during the preceding 3 years, and had HIV/AIDS as of the date on which the individuals were so released.

(3) Method of providing for council

(A) In general

In providing for a council for purposes of paragraph (1), a chief elected official receiving a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title may establish the council directly or designate an existing entity to serve as the council, subject to subparagraph (B).

(B) Consideration regarding designation of council

In making a determination of whether to establish or designate a council under subparagraph (A), a chief elected official receiving a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title shall give priority to the designation of an existing entity that has demonstrated experience in planning for the HIV health care service needs within the eligible area and in the implementation of such plans in addressing those needs. Any existing entity so designated shall be expanded to include a broad representation of the full range of entities that provide such services within the geographic area to be served.

(4) Duties

The planning council established or designated under paragraph (1) shall—

(A) determine the size and demographics of the population of individuals with HIV/AIDS, as well as the size and demographics of the estimated population of individuals with HIV/AIDS who are unaware of their HIV status;

(B) determine the needs of such population, with particular attention to—

(i) individuals with HIV/AIDS who know their HIV status and are not receiving HIV-related services;

(ii) disparities in access and services among affected subpopulations and historically underserved communities; and

(iii) individuals with HIV/AIDS who do not know their HIV status;


(C) establish priorities for the allocation of funds within the eligible area, including how best to meet each such priority and additional factors that a grantee should consider in allocating funds under a grant based on the—

(i) size and demographics of the population of individuals with HIV/AIDS (as determined under subparagraph (A)) and the needs of such population (as determined under subparagraph (B));

(ii) demonstrated (or probable) cost effectiveness and outcome effectiveness of proposed strategies and interventions, to the extent that data are reasonably available;

(iii) priorities of the communities with HIV/AIDS for whom the services are intended;

(iv) coordination in the provision of services to such individuals with programs for HIV prevention and for the prevention and treatment of substance abuse, including programs that provide comprehensive treatment for such abuse;

(v) availability of other governmental and non-governmental resources, including the State medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] and the State Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.] to cover health care costs of eligible individuals and families with HIV/AIDS; and

(vi) capacity development needs resulting from disparities in the availability of HIV-related services in historically underserved communities;


(D) develop a comprehensive plan for the organization and delivery of health and support services described in section 300ff–14 of this title that—

(i) includes a strategy for identifying individuals who know their HIV status and are not receiving such services and for informing the individuals of and enabling the individuals to utilize the services, giving particular attention to eliminating disparities in access and services among affected subpopulations and historically underserved communities, and including discrete goals, a timetable, and an appropriate allocation of funds;

(ii) includes a strategy to coordinate the provision of such services with programs for HIV prevention (including outreach and early intervention) and for the prevention and treatment of substance abuse (including programs that provide comprehensive treatment services for such abuse);

(iii) is compatible with any State or local plan for the provision of services to individuals with HIV/AIDS; and

(iv) includes a strategy, coordinated as appropriate with other community strategies and efforts, including discrete goals, a timetable, and appropriate funding, for identifying individuals with HIV/AIDS who do not know their HIV status, making such individuals aware of such status, and enabling such individuals to use the health and support services described in section 300ff–14 of this title, with particular attention to reducing barriers to routine testing and disparities in access and services among affected subpopulations and historically underserved communities;


(E) assess the efficiency of the administrative mechanism in rapidly allocating funds to the areas of greatest need within the eligible area, and at the discretion of the planning council, assess the effectiveness, either directly or through contractual arrangements, of the services offered in meeting the identified needs;

(F) participate in the development of the statewide coordinated statement of need initiated by the State public health agency responsible for administering grants under part B of this subchapter;

(G) establish methods for obtaining input on community needs and priorities which may include public meetings (in accordance with paragraph (7)), conducting focus groups, and convening ad-hoc panels; and

(H) coordinate with Federal grantees that provide HIV-related services within the eligible area.

(5) Conflicts of interest

(A) In general

The planning council under paragraph (1) may not be directly involved in the administration of a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title. With respect to compliance with the preceding sentence, the planning council may not designate (or otherwise be involved in the selection of) particular entities as recipients of any of the amounts provided in the grant.

(B) Required agreements

An individual may serve on the planning council under paragraph (1) only if the individual agrees that if the individual has a financial interest in an entity, if the individual is an employee of a public or private entity, or if the individual is a member of a public or private organization, and such entity or organization is seeking amounts from a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title, the individual will not, with respect to the purpose for which the entity seeks such amounts, participate (directly or in an advisory capacity) in the process of selecting entities to receive such amounts for such purpose.

(C) Composition of council

The following applies regarding the membership of a planning council under paragraph (1):

(i) Not less than 33 percent of the council shall be individuals who are receiving HIV-related services pursuant to a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title, are not officers, employees, or consultants to any entity that receives amounts from such a grant, and do not represent any such entity, and reflect the demographics of the population of individuals with HIV/AIDS as determined under paragraph (4)(A). For purposes of the preceding sentence, an individual shall be considered to be receiving such services if the individual is a parent of, or a caregiver for, a minor child who is receiving such services.

(ii) With respect to membership on the planning council, clause (i) may not be construed as having any effect on entities that receive funds from grants under any of parts B through F of this subchapter but do not receive funds from grants under section 300ff–11(a) of this title, on officers or employees of such entities, or on individuals who represent such entities.

(6) Grievance procedures

A planning council under paragraph (1) shall develop procedures for addressing grievances with respect to funding under this subpart, including procedures for submitting grievances that cannot be resolved to binding arbitration. Such procedures shall be described in the by-laws of the planning council and be consistent with the requirements of subsection (c) of this section.

(7) Public deliberations

With respect to a planning council under paragraph (1), the following applies:

(A) The council may not be chaired solely by an employee of the grantee under section 300ff–11(a) of this title.

(B) In accordance with criteria established by the Secretary:

(i) The meetings of the council shall be open to the public and shall be held only after adequate notice to the public.

(ii) The records, reports, transcripts, minutes, agenda, or other documents which were made available to or prepared for or by the council shall be available for public inspection and copying at a single location.

(iii) Detailed minutes of each meeting of the council shall be kept. The accuracy of all minutes shall be certified to by the chair of the council.

(iv) This subparagraph does not apply to any disclosure of information of a personal nature that would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, including any disclosure of medical information or personnel matters.

(c) Grievance procedures

(1) Federal responsibility

(A) Models

The Secretary shall, through a process that includes consultations with grantees under this subpart and public and private experts in grievance procedures, arbitration, and mediation, develop model grievance procedures that may be implemented by the planning council under subsection (b)(1) of this section and grantees under this subpart. Such model procedures shall describe the elements that must be addressed in establishing local grievance procedures and provide grantees with flexibility in the design of such local procedures.

(B) Review

The Secretary shall review grievance procedures established by the planning council and grantees under this subpart to determine if such procedures are adequate. In making such a determination, the Secretary shall assess whether such procedures permit legitimate grievances to be filed, evaluated, and resolved at the local level.

(2) Grantees

To be eligible to receive funds under this subpart, a grantee shall develop grievance procedures that are determined by the Secretary to be consistent with the model procedures developed under paragraph (1)(A). Such procedures shall include a process for submitting grievances to binding arbitration.

(d) Process for establishing allocation priorities

Promptly after the date of the submission of the report required in section 501(b) of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000 (relating to the relationship between epidemiological measures and health care for certain individuals with HIV/AIDS), the Secretary, in consultation with planning councils and entities that receive amounts from grants under section 300ff–11(a) or 300ff–21 of this title, shall develop epidemiologic measures—

(1) for establishing the number of individuals living with HIV/AIDS who are not receiving HIV-related health services; and

(2) for carrying out the duties under subsection (b)(4) of this section and section 300ff–27(b) of this title.

(e) Training guidance and materials

The Secretary shall provide to each chief elected official receiving a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title guidelines and materials for training members of the planning council under paragraph (1) regarding the duties of the council.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2602, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 577; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(26), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3505; Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1347; Pub. L. 106–345, title I, §§101–102(c), 103, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1320–1323; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §§106(b), 107(b), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2780, 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 6(a), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2891.)

References in Text

Subpart II of part C of this subchapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(J), was redesignated subpart I of part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345, and is classified to section 300ff–51 et seq. of this title.

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(C)(v), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Titles XIX and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX (§1396 et seq.) and XXI (§1397aa et seq.), respectively, of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Section 501 of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000, referred to in subsec. (d), is section 501 of Pub. L. 106–345, which is set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title. Provisions relating to a report are contained in section 501(d) of Pub. L. 106–345.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2602 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238a of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 111–87, §6(a)(1), inserted “, as well as the size and demographics of the estimated population of individuals with HIV/AIDS who are unaware of their HIV status” before semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(4)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 111–87, §6(a)(2), added cl. (iii).

Subsec. (b)(4)(D)(iv). Pub. L. 111–87, §6(a)(3), added cl. (iv).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing.

Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(2)(G). Pub. L. 109–415, §106(b), inserted “, members of a Federally recognized Indian tribe as represented in the population, individuals co-infected with hepatitis B or C” before “and historically underserved groups”.

2000—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(a)(1), substituted “demographics of the population of individuals with HIV disease in the eligible area involved,” for “demographics of the epidemic in the eligible area involved,”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(a)(2)(A), inserted before semicolon at end “, including providers of housing and homeless services”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(G). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(a)(2)(B), struck out “or AIDS” after “HIV disease”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(K). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(a)(2)(C), struck out “and” after semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(2)(L). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(a)(2)(D), substituted “, including but not limited to providers of HIV prevention services; and” for period at end.

Subsec. (b)(2)(M). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(a)(2)(E), added subpar. (M).

Subsec. (b)(3)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §103(1), struck out heading and text of subpar. (C). Text read as follows: “A planning council may not be chaired solely by an employee of the grantee.”

Subsec. (b)(4)(A), (B). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(2), added subpars. (A) and (B). Former subpars. (A) and (B) redesignated (C) and (D), respectively.

Subsec. (b)(4)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(1), redesignated subpar. (A) as (C). Former subpar. (C) redesignated (E).

Subsec. (b)(4)(C)(i) to (vi). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(3), added cls. (i) to (vi) and struck out former cls. (i) to (iv) which read as follows:

“(i) documented needs of the HIV-infected population;

“(ii) cost and outcome effectiveness of proposed strategies and interventions, to the extent that such data are reasonably available (either demonstrated or probable);

“(iii) priorities of the HIV-infected communities for whom the services are intended; and

“(iv) availability of other governmental and nongovernmental resources;”.

Subsec. (b)(4)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(4), amended subpar. (D) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (D) read as follows: “develop a comprehensive plan for the organization and delivery of health services described in section 300ff–14 of this title that is compatible with any existing State or local plan regarding the provision of health services to individuals with HIV disease;”.

Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(1), redesignated subpar. (B) as (D). Former subpar. (D) redesignated (F).

Subsec. (b)(4)(E), (F). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(1), redesignated subpars. (C) and (D) as (E) and (F), respectively. Former subpar. (E) redesignated (G).

Subsec. (b)(4)(G). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(1), (6)(A), redesignated subpar. (E) as (G) and substituted “public meetings (in accordance with paragraph (7)),” for “public meetings,”.

Subsec. (b)(4)(H). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(a)(5), (6)(B), (7), added subpar. (H).

Subsec. (b)(5)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §101(b), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 106–345, §103(2), added par. (7).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(b), added subsec. (d).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(c), added subsec. (e).

1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(A)(ii), inserted at end “Nominations for membership on the council shall be identified through an open process and candidates shall be selected based on locally delineated and publicized criteria. Such criteria shall include a conflict-of-interest standard that is in accordance with paragraph (5).”

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(A)(i), substituted “reflect in its composition the demographics of the epidemic in the eligible area involved, with particular consideration given to disproportionately affected and historically underserved groups and subpopulations.” for “include representatives of—

“(A) health care providers;

“(B) community-based and AIDS service organizations;

“(C) social service providers;

“(D) mental health care providers;

“(E) local public health agencies;

“(F) hospital planning agencies or health care planning agencies;

“(G) affected communities, including individuals with HIV disease;

“(H) non-elected community leaders;

“(I) State government;

“(J) grantees under subpart II of part C of this subchapter; and

“(K) the lead agency of any Health Resources and Services Administration adult and pediatric HIV-related care demonstration project operating in the area to be served.”

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(E), added par. (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (3).

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(B), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(D), redesignated par. (2) as (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(C)(i), substituted “area, including how best to meet each such priority and additional factors that a grantee should consider in allocating funds under a grant based on the—” for “area;” and added cls. (i) to (iv).

Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(C)(ii), struck out “and” at end.

Subsec. (b)(3)(C). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(C)(iii), substituted “, and at the discretion of the planning council, assess the effectiveness, either directly or through contractual arrangements, of the services offered in meeting the identified needs;” for period at end.

Subsec. (b)(3)(D), (E). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(C)(iv), added subpars. (D) and (E).

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(D), redesignated par. (3) as (4).

Subsec. (b)(5), (6). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(F), added pars. (5) and (6).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(F), added subsec. (c).

1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted “Centers for Disease Control and Prevention” for “Centers for Disease Control”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 6(a) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–345, title VI, §601, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1355, provided that: “This Act [see section 1 of Pub. L. 106–345, set out as a Short Title of 2000 Amendments note under section 201 of this title] and the amendments made by this Act take effect October 1, 2000, or upon the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 20, 2000], whichever occurs later.”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

§300ff–13. Type and distribution of grants

(a) Grants based on relative need of area

(1) In general

In carrying out section 300ff–11(a) of this title, the Secretary shall make a grant for each eligible area for which an application under section 300ff–15(a) of this title has been approved. Each such grant shall be made in an amount determined in accordance with paragraph (3).

(2) Expedited distribution

Not later than 60 days after an appropriation becomes available to carry out this subpart for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall, except in the case of waivers granted under section 300ff–15(c) 1 of this title, disburse 662/3 percent of the amount made available under section 300ff–20(b) of this title for carrying out this subpart for such fiscal year through grants to eligible areas under section 300ff–11(a) of this title, in accordance with paragraphs (3) and (4).

(3) Amount of grant

(A) In general

Subject to the extent of amounts made available in appropriations Acts, a grant made for purposes of this paragraph to an eligible area shall be made in an amount equal to the product of—

(i) an amount equal to the amount available for distribution under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year involved; and

(ii) the percentage constituted by the ratio of the distribution factor for the eligible area to the sum of the respective distribution factors for all eligible areas;


which product shall then, as applicable, be increased under paragraph (4).

(B) Distribution factor

For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii), the term “distribution factor” means an amount equal to the living cases of HIV/AIDS (reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) in the eligible area involved, as determined under subparagraph (C).

(C) Living cases of HIV/AIDS

(i) Requirement of names-based reporting

Except as provided in clause (ii), the number determined under this subparagraph for an eligible area for a fiscal year for purposes of subparagraph (B) is the number of living names-based cases of HIV/AIDS that, as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available, have been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

(ii) Transition period; exemption regarding non-AIDS cases

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2012, an eligible area is, subject to clauses (iii) through (v), exempt from the requirement under clause (i) that living names-based non-AIDS cases of HIV be reported unless—

(I) a system was in operation as of December 31, 2005, that provides sufficiently accurate and reliable names-based reporting of such cases throughout the State in which the area is located, subject to clause (viii); or

(II) no later than the beginning of fiscal year 2008 or a subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2012, the Secretary, in consultation with the chief executive of the State in which the area is located, determines that a system has become operational in the State that provides sufficiently accurate and reliable names-based reporting of such cases throughout the State.

(iii) Requirements for exemption for fiscal year 2007

For fiscal year 2007, an exemption under clause (ii) for an eligible area applies only if, by October 1, 2006—

(I)(aa) the State in which the area is located had submitted to the Secretary a plan for making the transition to sufficiently accurate and reliable names-based reporting of living non-AIDS cases of HIV; or

(bb) all statutory changes necessary to provide for sufficiently accurate and reliable reporting of such cases had been made; and

(II) the State had agreed that, by April 1, 2008, the State will begin accurate and reliable names-based reporting of such cases, except that such agreement is not required to provide that, as of such date, the system for such reporting be fully sufficient with respect to accuracy and reliability throughout the area.

(iv) Requirement for exemption as of fiscal year 2008

For each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2012, an exemption under clause (ii) for an eligible area applies only if, as of April 1, 2008, the State in which the area is located is substantially in compliance with the agreement under clause (iii)(II).

(v) Progress toward names-based reporting

For fiscal year 2009 or a subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary may terminate an exemption under clause (ii) for an eligible area if the State in which the area is located submitted a plan under clause (iii)(I)(aa) and the Secretary determines that the State is not substantially following the plan.

(vi) Counting of cases in areas with exemptions

(I) In general

With respect to an eligible area that is under a reporting system for living non-AIDS cases of HIV that is not names-based (referred to in this subparagraph as “code-based reporting”), the Secretary shall, for purposes of this subparagraph, modify the number of such cases reported for the eligible area in order to adjust for duplicative reporting in and among systems that use code-based reporting.

(II) Adjustment rate

The adjustment rate under subclause (I) for an eligible area shall be a reduction of 5 percent for fiscal years before fiscal year 2012 (and 6 percent for fiscal year 2012) in the number of living non-AIDS cases of HIV reported for the area.

(III) Increased adjustment for certain areas previously using code-based reporting

For purposes of this subparagraph for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2012, the Secretary shall deem the applicable number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in an area that were reported to and confirmed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to be 3 percent higher than the actual number if—

(aa) for fiscal year 2007, such area was a transitional area;

(bb) fiscal year 2007 was the first year in which the count of living non-AIDS cases of HIV in such area, for purposes of this section, was based on a names-based reporting system; and

(cc) the amount of funding that such area received under this part for fiscal year 2007 was less than 70 percent of the amount of funding (exclusive of funds that were identified as being for purposes of the Minority AIDS Initiative) that such area received under such part for fiscal year 2006.

(vii) Multiple political jurisdictions

With respect to living non-AIDS cases of HIV, if an eligible area is not entirely within one political jurisdiction and as a result is subject to more than one reporting system for purposes of this subparagraph:

(I) Names-based reporting under clause (i) applies in a jurisdictional portion of the area, or an exemption under clause (ii) applies in such portion (subject to applicable provisions of this subparagraph), according to whether names-based reporting or code-based reporting is used in such portion.

(II) If under subclause (I) both names-based reporting and code-based reporting apply in the area, the number of code-based cases shall be reduced under clause (vi).

(viii) List of eligible areas meeting standard regarding December 31, 2005

(I) In general

If an eligible area or portion thereof is in a State specified in subclause (II), the eligible area or portion shall be considered to meet the standard described in clause (ii)(I). No other eligible area or portion thereof may be considered to meet such standard.

(II) Relevant States

For purposes of subclause (I), the States specified in this subclause are the following: Alaska, Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Indiana, Iowa, Idaho, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Mississippi, North Carolina, North Dakota, Nebraska, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Wisconsin, West Virginia, Wyoming, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.

(ix) Rules of construction regarding acceptance of reports

(I) Cases of AIDS

With respect to an eligible area that is subject to the requirement under clause (i) and is not in compliance with the requirement for names-based reporting of living non-AIDS cases of HIV, the Secretary shall, notwithstanding such noncompliance, accept reports of living cases of AIDS that are in accordance with such clause.

(II) Applicability of exemption requirements

The provisions of clauses (ii) through (viii) may not be construed as having any legal effect for fiscal year 2013 or any subsequent fiscal year, and accordingly, the status of a State for purposes of such clauses may not be considered after fiscal year 2012.

(x) Program for detecting inaccurate or fraudulent counting

The Secretary shall carry out a program to monitor the reporting of names-based cases for purposes of this subparagraph and to detect instances of inaccurate reporting, including fraudulent reporting.

(xi) Future fiscal years

For fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2013, determinations under this paragraph shall be based only on living names-based cases of HIV/AIDS with respect to the area involved.

(D) Code-based areas; limitation on increase in grant

(i) In general

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2012, if code-based reporting (within the meaning of subparagraph (C)(vi)) applies in an eligible area or any portion thereof as of the beginning of the fiscal year involved, then notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the amount of the grant pursuant to this paragraph for such area for such fiscal year may not—

(I) for fiscal year 2007, exceed by more than 5 percent the amount of the grant for the area that would have been made pursuant to this paragraph and paragraph (4) for fiscal year 2006 (as such paragraphs were in effect for such fiscal year) if paragraph (2) (as so in effect) had been applied by substituting “662/3 percent” for “50 percent”; and

(II) for each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2012, exceed by more than 5 percent the amount of the grant pursuant to this paragraph and paragraph (4) for the area for the preceding fiscal year.

(ii) Use of amounts involved

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2012, amounts available as a result of the limitation under clause (i) shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants pursuant to subsection (b) for the fiscal year involved, subject to paragraph (4) and section 300ff–20(d)(2) of this title.

(4) Increases in grant

(A) In general

For each eligible area that received a grant pursuant to this subsection for fiscal year 2009, the Secretary shall, for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2013, increase the amount of the grant made pursuant to paragraph (3) for the area to ensure that the amount of the grant for the fiscal year involved is not less than the following amount, as applicable to such fiscal year:

(i) For fiscal year 2010, an amount equal to 95 percent of the sum of the amount of the grant made pursuant to paragraph (3) and this paragraph for fiscal year 2009.

(ii) For each of the fiscal years 2011 and 2012, an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount of the grant made pursuant to paragraph (3) and this paragraph for fiscal year 2010.

(iii) For fiscal year 2013, an amount equal to 92.5 percent of the amount of the grant made pursuant to paragraph (3) and this paragraph for fiscal year 2012.

(B) Source of funds for increase

(i) In general

From the amounts available for carrying out the single program referred to in section 300ff–19(d)(2)(C) of this title for a fiscal year (relating to supplemental grants), the Secretary shall make available such amounts as may be necessary to comply with subparagraph (A), subject to section 300ff–20(d)(2) of this title.

(ii) Pro rata reduction

If the amounts referred to in clause (i) for a fiscal year are insufficient to fully comply with subparagraph (A) for the year, the Secretary, in order to provide the additional funds necessary for such compliance, shall reduce on a pro rata basis the amount of each grant pursuant to this subsection for the fiscal year, other than grants for eligible areas for which increases under subparagraph (A) apply. A reduction under the preceding sentence may not be made in an amount that would result in the eligible area involved becoming eligible for such an increase.

(C) Limitation

This paragraph may not be construed as having any applicability after fiscal year 2013.

(b) Supplemental grants

(1) In general

Subject to subsection (a)(4)(B)(i) and section 300ff–20(d) of this title, the Secretary shall disburse the remainder of amounts not disbursed under subsection (a)(2) of this section for such fiscal year for the purpose of making grants under section 300ff–11(a) of this title to eligible areas whose application under section 300ff–15(b) of this title—

(A) contains a report concerning the dissemination of emergency relief funds under subsection (a) of this section and the plan for utilization of such funds;

(B) demonstrates the need in such area, on an objective and quantified basis, for supplemental financial assistance to combat the HIV epidemic;

(C) demonstrates the existing commitment of local resources of the area, both financial and in-kind, to combating the HIV epidemic;

(D) demonstrates the ability of the area to utilize such supplemental financial resources in a manner that is immediately responsive and cost effective;

(E) demonstrates that resources will be allocated in accordance with the local demographic incidence of AIDS including appropriate allocations for services for infants, children, youth, women, and families with HIV/AIDS;

(F) demonstrates the inclusiveness of affected communities and individuals with HIV/AIDS;

(G) demonstrates the manner in which the proposed services are consistent with the local needs assessment and the statewide coordinated statement of need;

(H) demonstrates the ability of the applicant to expend funds efficiently by not having had, for the most recent grant year under subsection (a) for which data is available, more than 5 percent of grant funds under such subsection canceled, offset under subsection (c)(4), or covered by any waivers under subsection (c)(3); and

(I) demonstrates success in identifying individuals with HIV/AIDS as described in clauses (i) through (iii) of paragraph (2)(A).

(2) Amount of grant

(A) In general

The amount of each grant made for purposes of this subsection shall be determined by the Secretary based on a weighting of factors under paragraph (1), with demonstrated need under subparagraph (B) of such paragraph counting one-third, and demonstrated success in identifying individuals with HIV/AIDS who do not know their HIV status and making them aware of such status counting one-third. In making such determination, the Secretary shall consider—

(i) the number of individuals who have been tested for HIV/AIDS;

(ii) of those individuals described in clause (i), the number of individuals who tested for HIV/AIDS who are made aware of their status, including the number who test positive; and

(iii) of those individuals described in clause (ii), the number who have been referred to appropriate treatment and care.

(B) Demonstrated need

The factors considered by the Secretary in determining whether an eligible area has a demonstrated need for purposes of paragraph (1)(B) may include any or all of the following:

(i) The unmet need for such services, as determined under section 300ff–12(b)(4) of this title or other community input process as defined under section 300ff–19(d)(1)(A) of this title.

(ii) An increasing need for HIV/AIDS-related services, including relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV/AIDS.

(iii) The relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV/AIDS within new or emerging subpopulations.

(iv) The current prevalence of HIV/AIDS.

(v) Relevant factors related to the cost and complexity of delivering health care to individuals with HIV/AIDS in the eligible area.

(vi) The impact of co-morbid factors, including co-occurring conditions, determined relevant by the Secretary.

(vii) The prevalence of homelessness.

(viii) The prevalence of individuals described under section 300ff–12(b)(2)(M) of this title.

(ix) The relevant factors that limit access to health care, including geographic variation, adequacy of health insurance coverage, and language barriers.

(x) The impact of a decline in the amount received pursuant to subsection (a) on services available to all individuals with HIV/AIDS identified and eligible under this subchapter.

(C) Priority in making grants

The Secretary shall provide funds under this subsection to an eligible area to address the decline or disruption of all EMA-provided services related to the decline in the amounts received pursuant to subsection (a) consistent with the grant award for the eligible area for fiscal year 2006, to the extent that the factor under subparagraph (B)(x) (relating to a decline in funding) applies to the eligible area.

(D) Increased adjustment for certain areas previously using code-based reporting

For purposes of this subsection for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2012, the Secretary shall deem the applicable number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in an area that were reported to and confirmed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to be 3 percent higher than the actual number if the conditions described in items (aa) through (cc) of subsection (a)(3)(C)(vi)(III) are all satisfied.

(3) Remainder of amounts

In determining the amount of funds to be obligated under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall include amounts that are not paid to the eligible areas under expedited procedures under subsection (a)(2) of this section as a result of—

(A) the failure of any eligible area to submit an application under section 300ff–15(c) 1 of this title; or

(B) any eligible area informing the Secretary that such eligible area does not intend to expend the full amount of its grant under such section.

(4) Failure to submit

(A) In general

The failure of an eligible area to submit an application for an expedited grant under subsection (a)(2) of this section shall not result in such area being ineligible for a grant under this subsection.

(B) Application

The application of an eligible area submitted under section 300ff–15(b) of this title shall contain the assurances required under subsection (a) of such section if such eligible area fails to submit an application for an expedited grant under subsection (a)(2) of this section.

(c) Timeframe for obligation and expenditure of grant funds

(1) Obligation by end of grant year

Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, funds from a grant award made pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) for a fiscal year are available for obligation by the eligible area involved through the end of the one-year period beginning on the date in such fiscal year on which funds from the award first become available to the area (referred to in this subsection as the “grant year for the award”), except as provided in paragraph (3)(A).

(2) Supplemental grants; cancellation of unobligated balance of grant award

Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made pursuant to subsection (b) for an eligible area for a fiscal year has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award—

(A) the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the eligible area to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the area; and

(B) the funds involved shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants pursuant to subsection (b) for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that the balance is required under subparagraph (A) to be canceled, except that the availability of the funds for such grants is subject to subsection (a)(4) and section 300ff–20(d)(2) of this title as applied for such year.

(3) Formula grants; cancellation of unobligated balance of grant award; waiver permitting carryover

(A) In general

Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made pursuant to subsection (a) for an eligible area for a fiscal year has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award, the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the eligible area to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the area, unless—

(i) before the end of the grant year, the chief elected official of the area submits to the Secretary a written application for a waiver of the cancellation, which application includes a description of the purposes for which the area intends to expend the funds involved; and

(ii) the Secretary approves the waiver.

(B) Expenditure by end of carryover year

With respect to a waiver under subparagraph (A) that is approved for a balance that is unobligated as of the end of a grant year for an award:

(i) The unobligated funds are available for expenditure by the eligible area involved for the one-year period beginning upon the expiration of the grant year (referred to in this subsection as the “carryover year”).

(ii) If the funds are not expended by the end of the carryover year, the Secretary shall cancel that unexpended balance of the award, and shall require the eligible area to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the area.

(C) Use of cancelled balances

In the case of any balance of a grant award that is cancelled under subparagraph (A) or (B)(ii), the grant funds involved shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants pursuant to subsection (b) for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that the balance is required under such subparagraph to be canceled, except that the availability of the funds for such grants is subject to subsection (a)(4) and section 300ff–20(d)(2) of this title as applied for such year.

(D) Corresponding reduction in future grant

(i) In general

In the case of an eligible area for which a balance from a grant award under subsection (a) is unobligated as of the end of the grant year for the award—

(I) the Secretary shall reduce, by the same amount as such unobligated balance (less any amount of such balance that is the subject of a waiver of cancellation under subparagraph (A)), the amount of the grant under such subsection for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that such balance was unobligated as of the end of the grant year (which requirement for a reduction applies without regard to whether a waiver under subparagraph (A) has been approved with respect to such balance); and

(II) the grant funds involved in such reduction shall be made available by the Secretary as additional funds for grants pursuant to subsection (b) for such first fiscal year, subject to subsection (a)(4) and section 300ff–20(d)(2) of this title;


 except that this clause does not apply to the eligible area if the amount of the unobligated balance was 5 percent or less.

(ii) Relation to increases in grant

A reduction under clause (i) for an eligible area for a fiscal year may not be taken into account in applying subsection (a)(4) with respect to the area for the subsequent fiscal year.

(4) Authority regarding administration of provisions

In administering paragraphs (2) and (3) with respect to the unobligated balance of an eligible area, the Secretary may elect to reduce the amount of future grants to the area under subsection (a) or (b), as applicable, by the amount of any such unobligated balance in lieu of cancelling such amount as provided for in paragraph (2) or (3)(A). In such case, the Secretary may permit the area to use such unobligated balance for purposes of any such future grant. An amount equal to such reduction shall be available for use as additional amounts for grants pursuant to subsection (b), subject to subsection (a)(4) and section 300ff–20(d)(2) of this title. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to affect the authority of the Secretary under paragraphs (2) and (3), including the authority to grant waivers under paragraph (3)(A). The reduction in future grants authorized under this paragraph shall be notwithstanding the penalty required under paragraph (3)(D) with respect to unobligated funds.

(d) Compliance with priorities of HIV planning council

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, the Secretary, in carrying out section 300ff–11(a) of this title, may not make any grant under subsection (a) or (b) of this section to an eligible area unless the application submitted by such area under section 300ff–15 of this title for the grant involved demonstrates that the grants made under subsections (a) and (b) of this section to the area for the preceding fiscal year (if any) were expended in accordance with the priorities applicable to such year that were established, pursuant to section 300ff–12(b)(4)(C) of this title, by the planning council serving the area.

(e) Report on the awarding of supplemental funds

Not later than 45 days after the awarding of supplemental funds under this section, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report concerning such funds. Such report shall include information detailing—

(1) the total amount of supplemental funds available under this section for the year involved;

(2) the amount of supplemental funds used in accordance with the hold harmless provisions of subsection (a)(4);

(3) the amount of supplemental funds disbursed pursuant to subsection (b)(2)(C);

(4) the disbursement of the remainder of the supplemental funds after taking into account the uses described in paragraphs (2) and (3); and

(5) the rationale used for the amount of funds disbursed as described under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2603, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 578; amended Pub. L. 101–502, §6(a), Nov. 3, 1990, 104 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(27), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(b)(2), (3), 4, 6(c)(1), 12(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1349, 1350, 1364, 1367, 1373; Pub. L. 106–345, title I, §§102(d), 111, 112, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1323, 1326; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §§102–104, 107(b), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2768–2774, 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 3(a), 5(a), 6(b), 7(a), 8(a)(1), (b)(1)(A), (2)(A), (C), (c)(1), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2888, 2890, 2892–2894.)

References in Text

Section 300ff–15 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2) and (b)(3)(A), was amended by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(C), (D), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1353, to add a new subsec. (c), relating to single application and grant awards, and redesignate former subsec. (c), relating to date for submission of grant applications, as (d).

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2603 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238b of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(A)(i), substituted “2012” for “2009” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(A)(ii), substituted “or a subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2012” for “or 2009”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(B), substituted “2012” for “2010”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(v). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(C), inserted “or a subsequent fiscal year” after “2009”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(vi)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(D), inserted “for fiscal years before fiscal year 2012 (and 6 percent for fiscal year 2012)” after “5 percent”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(vi)(III). Pub. L. 111–87, §7(a)(1), added subcl. (III).

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(ix)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(E), substituted “2013” for “2010” and “2012” for “2009”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(xi). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(1)(F), added cl. (xi).

Subsec. (a)(3)(D)(i). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(2)(A)(i), substituted “2012” for “2009” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(3)(D)(i)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(2)(A)(ii), substituted “through 2012” for “and 2009”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(a)(2)(B), substituted “2012” for “2009”.

Subsec. (a)(4)(A). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(a)(1), (2), substituted “2009” for “2006” and “2010 through 2013” for “2007 through 2009” in introductory provisions, added cls. (i) to (iii), and struck out former cls. (i) and (ii) which read as follows:

“(i) For fiscal year 2007, an amount equal to 95 percent of the amount of the grant that would have been made pursuant to paragraph (3) and this paragraph for fiscal year 2006 (as such paragraphs were in effect for such fiscal year) if paragraph (2) (as so in effect) had been applied by substituting ‘662/3 percent’ for ‘50 percent’.

“(ii) For each of the fiscal years 2008 and 2009, an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount of the grant made pursuant to paragraph (3) and this paragraph for fiscal year 2007.”

Subsec. (a)(4)(C). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(a)(3), substituted “2013” for “2009”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(H). Pub. L. 111–87, §8(a)(1), (b)(2)(C), substituted “5 percent” for “2 percent” and “canceled, offset under subsection (c)(4),” for “canceled”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(I). Pub. L. 111–87, §6(b)(1), added subpar. (I).

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–87, §6(b)(2), substituted “one-third, and demonstrated success in identifying individuals with HIV/AIDS who do not know their HIV status and making them aware of such status counting one-third. In making such determination, the Secretary shall consider—” for “one-third.” and added cls. (i) to (iii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(D). Pub. L. 111–87, §7(a)(2), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (c)(3)(D)(i). Pub. L. 111–87, §8(b)(1)(A), substituted “5 percent” for “2 percent” in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(3)(D)(i)(I). Pub. L. 111–87, §8(c)(1), inserted “(less any amount of such balance that is the subject of a waiver of cancellation under subparagraph (A))” after “unobligated balance”.

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 111–87, §8(b)(2)(A), added par. (4).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §102(a), substituted “662/3 percent of the amount made available under section 300ff–20(b) of this title for carrying out this subpart” for “50 percent of the amount appropriated under section 300ff–77 of this title” and “paragraphs (3) and (4)” for “paragraph (3)” in first sentence and struck out last sentence which read as follows: “The Secretary shall reserve an additional percentage of the amount appropriated under section 300ff–77 of this title for a fiscal year for grants under this part to make grants to eligible areas under section 300ff–11(a) of this title in accordance with paragraph (4).”

Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §102(d)(1), inserted concluding provisions.

Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §102(b)(1), which directed the substitution of “living cases of HIV/AIDS (reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)” for “estimated living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome”, was executed by making the substitution for “estimated number of living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C) to (E). Pub. L. 109–415, §102(b)(2), (c), added subpars. (C) and (D) and struck out former subpars. (C) to (E) which related to estimate of living cases, determination of Secretary regarding data on HIV cases, and unexpended funds, respectively.

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 109–415, §102(d)(2), reenacted heading without change and amended text generally, substituting provisions relating to increases in grant for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009 for provisions relating to increases in grant for the first through fifth or subsequent fiscal years in a protection period.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted “Subject to subsection (a)(4)(B)(i) and section 300ff–20(d) of this title, the Secretary shall” for “Not later than 150 days after the date on which appropriations are made under section 300ff–77 of this title for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(1)(B), substituted “demonstrates the need in such area, on an objective and quantified basis,” for “demonstrates the severe need in such area”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(1)(C), added subpar. (F) and struck out former subpar. (F) which read as follows: “demonstrates the inclusiveness of the planning council membership, with particular emphasis on affected communities and individuals with HIV disease; and”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(H). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(1)(D), (E), added subpar. (H).

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(2)(A), substituted “demonstrated need” for “severe need”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(2)(B), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which related to severe need.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 109–415, §103(2)(C), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpars. (C) and (D) which related to mechanism to utilize data to determine prevalence of HIV disease and the phasing in, over a 3-year period beginning in fiscal year 1998, of the use of such mechanism to determine severe needs, respectively.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 109–415, §104(2), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §104(1), redesignated subsec. (c) as (d).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 109–415, §104(3), added subsec. (e).

2000—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 106–345, §111(a), substituted “for a fiscal year” for “for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000” in first sentence.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C)(i). Pub. L. 106–345, §111(b)(1)(A), inserted before semicolon “, except that (subject to subparagraph (D)), for grants made pursuant to this paragraph for fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years, the cases counted for each 12-month period beginning on or after July 1, 2004, shall be cases of HIV disease (as reported to and confirmed by such Director) rather than cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Subsec. (a)(3)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §111(b)(1)(B), in concluding provisions, inserted before period at end of first sentence “, and shall be reported to the congressional committees of jurisdiction” and inserted at end “Updates shall as applicable take into account the counting of cases of HIV disease pursuant to clause (i).”

Subsec. (a)(3)(D), (E). Pub. L. 106–345, §111(b)(2), added subpar. (D) and redesignated former subpar. (D) as (E).

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §111(c), amended heading and text of par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “With respect to an eligible area under section 300ff–11(a) of this title, the Secretary shall increase the amount of a grant under paragraph (2) for a fiscal year to ensure that such eligible area receives not less than—

“(A) with respect to fiscal year 1996, 100 percent;

“(B) with respect to fiscal year 1997, 99 percent;

“(C) with respect to fiscal year 1998, 98 percent;

“(D) with respect to fiscal year 1999, 96.5 percent; and

“(E) with respect to fiscal year 2000, 95 percent;

of the amount allocated for fiscal year 1995 to such entity under this subsection.”

Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(b), inserted “youth,” after “children,”.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(1), substituted “Amount of grant” for “Definition” in heading.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(3), added subpar. (A). Former subpar. (A) redesignated (B).

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(2), (4), redesignated subpar. (A) as (B) and added cls. (iv) to (vi). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(5)(C), inserted after second sentence “Such a mechanism shall be modified to reflect the findings of the study under section 501(b) of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 2000 (relating to the relationship between epidemiological measures and health care for certain individuals with HIV disease).”

Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(5)(B), in second sentence, substituted “18 months after October 20, 2000” for “2 years after May 20, 1996”.

Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(5)(A), substituted “subparagraph (B)” for “subparagraph (A)” in two places.

Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(2), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C). Former subpar. (C) redesignated (D).

Subsec. (b)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(a)(2), (6), redesignated subpar. (C) as (D) and substituted “subparagraph (C)” for “subparagraph (B)”.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(c)(1), (2), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out heading and text of former par. (4). Text read as follows: “The amount of each grant made for purposes of this subsection shall be determined by the Secretary based on the application submitted by the eligible area under section 300ff–15(b) of this title.”

Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(c)(3), substituted “an expedited grant” for “an expedited grants”.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 106–345, §112(c)(2), redesignated par. (5) as (4).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–345, §102(d), substituted “section 300ff–12(b)(4)(C) of this title” for “section 300ff–12(b)(3)(A) of this title”.

1996—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 104–146, §6(c)(1)(A), substituted “section 300ff–77” for “section 300ff–18”.

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(3)(A), inserted “, in accordance with paragraph (3)” after “section 300ff–11(a) of this title” and “The Secretary shall reserve an additional percentage of the amount appropriated under section 300ff–77 of this title for a fiscal year for grants under this part to make grants to eligible areas under section 300ff–11(a) of this title in accordance with paragraph (4).” at end.

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(2)(A), substituted “Not later than 60 days after an appropriation becomes available to carry out this part for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000, the Secretary shall” for “Not later than—

“(A) 90 days after an appropriation becomes available to carry out this part for fiscal year 1991; and

“(B) 60 days after an appropriation becomes available to carry out this part for each of fiscal years 1992 through 1995;

the Secretary shall”.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 104–146, §4, amended par. (3) generally, revising and restating provisions of former subpars. (A) to (C) relating to amount of grants under par. (3) as subpars. (A) to (D).

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(3)(B), added par. (4).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §6(c)(1)(B), substituted “section 300ff–77” for “section 300ff–18” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(F), (G). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(2)(B)(i), added subpars. (F) and (G).

Subsec. (b)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(2)(B)(ii), (iii), added par. (2) and redesignated former pars. (2) and (3) as (3) and (4), respectively. Former par. (4) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(2), which directed substitution of “an expedited grant” for “an expedited grants” in par. (4)(B), could not be executed because the words “an expedited grants” did not appear in par. (4)(B) subsequent to redesignation of par. (4) as (5) by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(2)(B)(ii). See above.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(2)(B)(ii), redesignated par. (4) as (5).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(3)(C), added subsec. (c).

1992—Subsec. (a)(3)(B)(i). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted “Centers for Disease Control and Prevention” for “Centers for Disease Control”.

1990—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 101–502 amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows:

“(A) In general.—Subject to the extent of amounts made available in appropriations Acts, a grant made for purposes of this paragraph for an eligible area shall be made in an amount equal to the sum of—

“(i) an amount determined in accordance with subparagraph (B); and

“(ii) an amount determined in accordance with subparagraph (C).

“(B) Amount relating to cumulative number of cases.—The amount referred to in clause (i) of subparagraph (A) is an amount equal to the product of—

“(i) an amount equal to 75 percent of the amounts available for distribution under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year involved; and

“(ii) a percentage equal to the quotient of—

“(I) the cumulative number of cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome in the eligible area involved, as indicated by the number of such cases reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control on the applicable date described in section 300ff–11(a) of this title; divided by

“(II) the sum of the cumulative number of such cases in all eligible areas for which an application for a grant under paragraph (1) has been approved.

“(C) Amount relating to per capita incidence of cases.—The amount referred to in clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) is an amount equal to the product of—

“(i) an amount equal to 25 percent of the amounts available for distribution under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year involved; and

“(ii) a percentage developed by the Secretary through consideration of the ratio of—

“(I) the per capita incidence of cumulative cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome in the eligible area involved (computed on the basis of the most recently available data on the population of the area); to

“(II) the per capita incidence of such cumulative cases in all eligible areas for which an application for a grant under paragraph (1) has been approved (computed on the basis of the most recently available data on the population of such areas).”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 3(a), 5(a), 6(b), 7(a), and 8(a)(1), (b)(1)(A), (2)(A), (C), (c)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by sections 3(b)(2), (3), 4, 6(c)(1)(B), and 12(c)(2) of Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, and amendment by section 6(c)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 104–146 effective May 20, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

§300ff–14. Use of amounts

(a) Requirements

The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title to the chief elected official of an eligible area unless such political subdivision agrees that—

(1) subject to paragraph (2), the allocation of funds and services within the eligible area will be made in accordance with the priorities established, pursuant to section 300ff–12(b)(4)(C) of this title, by the HIV health services planning council that serves such eligible area;

(2) funds provided under section 300ff–11 of this title will be expended only for—

(A) core medical services described in subsection (c);

(B) support services described in subsection (d); and

(C) administrative expenses described in subsection (h); and


(3) the use of such funds will comply with the requirements of this section.

(b) Direct financial assistance to appropriate entities

(1) In general

The chief elected official of an eligible area shall use amounts from a grant under section 300ff–11 of this title to provide direct financial assistance to entities described in paragraph (2) for the purpose of providing core medical services and support services.

(2) Appropriate entities

Direct financial assistance may be provided under paragraph (1) to public or nonprofit private entities, or private for-profit entities if such entities are the only available provider of quality HIV care in the area.

(c) Required funding for core medical services

(1) In general

With respect to a grant under section 300ff–11 of this title for an eligible area for a grant year, the chief elected official of the area shall, of the portion of the grant remaining after reserving amounts for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (5)(B)(i) of subsection (h), use not less than 75 percent to provide core medical services that are needed in the eligible area for individuals with HIV/AIDS who are identified and eligible under this subchapter (including services regarding the co-occurring conditions of the individuals).

(2) Waiver

(A) In general

The Secretary shall waive the application of paragraph (1) with respect to a chief elected official for a grant year if the Secretary determines that, within the eligible area involved—

(i) there are no waiting lists for AIDS Drug Assistance Program services under section 300ff–26 of this title; and

(ii) core medical services are available to all individuals with HIV/AIDS identified and eligible under this subchapter.

(B) Notification of waiver status

When informing the chief elected official of an eligible area that a grant under section 300ff–11 of this title is being made for the area for a grant year, the Secretary shall inform the official whether a waiver under subparagraph (A) is in effect for such year.

(3) Core medical services

For purposes of this subsection, the term “core medical services”, with respect to an individual with HIV/AIDS (including the co-occurring conditions of the individual), means the following services:

(A) Outpatient and ambulatory health services.

(B) AIDS Drug Assistance Program treatments in accordance with section 300ff–26 of this title.

(C) AIDS pharmaceutical assistance.

(D) Oral health care.

(E) Early intervention services described in subsection (e).

(F) Health insurance premium and cost sharing assistance for low-income individuals in accordance with section 300ff–25 of this title.

(G) Home health care.

(H) Medical nutrition therapy.

(I) Hospice services.

(J) Home and community-based health services as defined under section 300ff–24(c) of this title.

(K) Mental health services.

(L) Substance abuse outpatient care.

(M) Medical case management, including treatment adherence services.

(d) Support services

(1) In general

For purposes of this section, the term “support services” means services, subject to the approval of the Secretary, that are needed for individuals with HIV/AIDS to achieve their medical outcomes (such as respite care for persons caring for individuals with HIV/AIDS, outreach services, medical transportation, linguistic services, and referrals for health care and support services).

(2) Medical outcomes

In this subsection, the term “medical outcomes” means those outcomes affecting the HIV-related clinical status of an individual with HIV/AIDS.

(e) Early intervention services

(1) In general

For purposes of this section, the term “early intervention services” means HIV/AIDS early intervention services described in section 300ff–51(e) of this title, with follow-up referral provided for the purpose of facilitating the access of individuals receiving the services to HIV-related health services. The entities through which such services may be provided under the grant include public health departments, emergency rooms, substance abuse and mental health treatment programs, detoxification centers, detention facilities, clinics regarding sexually transmitted diseases, homeless shelters, HIV/AIDS counseling and testing sites, health care points of entry specified by eligible areas, federally qualified health centers, and entities described in section 300ff–52(a) of this title that constitute a point of access to services by maintaining referral relationships.

(2) Conditions

With respect to an entity that proposes to provide early intervention services under paragraph (1), such paragraph shall apply only if the entity demonstrates to the satisfaction of the chief elected official for the eligible area involved that—

(A) Federal, State, or local funds are otherwise inadequate for the early intervention services the entity proposes to provide; and

(B) the entity will expend funds pursuant to such paragraph to supplement and not supplant other funds available to the entity for the provision of early intervention services for the fiscal year involved.

(f) Priority for women, infants, children, and youth

(1) In general

For the purpose of providing health and support services to infants, children, youth, and women with HIV/AIDS, including treatment measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV, the chief elected official of an eligible area, in accordance with the established priorities of the planning council, shall for each of such populations in the eligible area use, from the grants made for the area under section 300ff–11(a) of this title for a fiscal year, not less than the percentage constituted by the ratio of the population involved (infants, children, youth, or women in such area) with HIV/AIDS to the general population in such area of individuals with HIV/AIDS.

(2) Waiver

With respect to the population involved, the Secretary may provide to the chief elected official of an eligible area a waiver of the requirement of paragraph (1) if such official demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the population is receiving HIV-related health services through the State medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], the State children's health insurance program under title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.], or other Federal or State programs.

(g) Requirement of status as medicaid provider

(1) Provision of service

Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title for the provision of services under this section in a State unless, in the case of any such service that is available pursuant to the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for the State—

(A) the political subdivision involved will provide the service directly, and the political subdivision has entered into a participation agreement under the State plan and is qualified to receive payments under such plan; or

(B) the political subdivision will enter into an agreement with a public or nonprofit private entity under which the entity will provide the service, and the entity has entered into such a participation agreement and is qualified to receive such payments.

(2) Waiver

(A) In general

In the case of an entity making an agreement pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) regarding the provision of services, the requirement established in such paragraph shall be waived by the HIV health services planning council for the eligible area if the entity does not, in providing health care services, impose a charge or accept reimbursement available from any third-party payor, including reimbursement under any insurance policy or under any Federal or State health benefits program.

(B) Determination

A determination by the HIV health services planning council of whether an entity referred to in subparagraph (A) meets the criteria for a waiver under such subparagraph shall be made without regard to whether the entity accepts voluntary donations for the purpose of providing services to the public.

(h) Administration

(1) Limitation

The chief elected official of an eligible area shall not use in excess of 10 percent of amounts received under a grant under this subpart for administrative expenses.

(2) Allocations by chief elected official

In the case of entities and subcontractors to which the chief elected official of an eligible area allocates amounts received by the official under a grant under this subpart, the official shall ensure that, of the aggregate amount so allocated, the total of the expenditures by such entities for administrative expenses does not exceed 10 percent (without regard to whether particular entities expend more than 10 percent for such expenses).

(3) Administrative activities

For purposes of paragraph (1), amounts may be used for administrative activities that include—

(A) routine grant administration and monitoring activities, including the development of applications for part A funds, the receipt and disbursal of program funds, the development and establishment of reimbursement and accounting systems, the development of a clinical quality management program as described in paragraph (5), the preparation of routine programmatic and financial reports, and compliance with grant conditions and audit requirements; and

(B) all activities associated with the grantee's contract award procedures, including the activities carried out by the HIV health services planning council as established under section 300ff–12(b) of this title, the development of requests for proposals, contract proposal review activities, negotiation and awarding of contracts, monitoring of contracts through telephone consultation, written documentation or onsite visits, reporting on contracts, and funding reallocation activities.

(4) Subcontractor administrative activities

For the purposes of this subsection, subcontractor administrative activities include—

(A) usual and recognized overhead activities, including established indirect rates for agencies;

(B) management oversight of specific programs funded under this subchapter; and

(C) other types of program support such as quality assurance, quality control, and related activities.

(5) Clinical quality management

(A) Requirement

The chief elected official of an eligible area that receives a grant under this subpart shall provide for the establishment of a clinical quality management program to assess the extent to which HIV health services provided to patients under the grant are consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV/AIDS and related opportunistic infection, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with the guidelines for improvement in the access to and quality of HIV health services.

(B) Use of funds

(i) In general

From amounts received under a grant awarded under this subpart for a fiscal year, the chief elected official of an eligible area may use for activities associated with the clinical quality management program required in subparagraph (A) not to exceed the lesser of—

(I) 5 percent of amounts received under the grant; or

(II) $3,000,000.

(ii) Relation to limitation on administrative expenses

The costs of a clinical quality management program under subparagraph (A) may not be considered administrative expenses for purposes of the limitation established in paragraph (1).

(i) Construction

A chief elected official may not use amounts received under a grant awarded under this subpart to purchase or improve land, or to purchase, construct, or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling) any building or other facility, or to make cash payments to intended recipients of services.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2604, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 580; amended Pub. L. 103–446, title XII, §1203(a)(3), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4689; Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(4), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1351; Pub. L. 106–345, title I, §121, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1326; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §§105, 107(b), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2776, 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsecs. (f)(2) and (g)(1), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Titles XIX and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX (§1396 et seq.) and XXI (§1397aa et seq.), respectively, of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2604 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238c of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §105, amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section related to requirements for allocation of funds, purposes for use of amounts, quality management program, expenditures for personnel, status of grantee as medicaid provider, administrative activities and expenses, and prohibited uses of amounts.

Subsecs. (h)(1), (2), (5)(A) and (i). Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part”.

2000—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(a)(1), substituted “HIV-related services, as follows:” for “HIV-related—” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(a)(2), substituted “Outpatient and ambulatory health services, including substance abuse treatment,” for “outpatient and ambulatory health and support services, including case management, substance abuse treatment and” and substituted a period for “; and” at end.

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(a)(4), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).

Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(a)(3), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C) and substituted “Inpatient” for “inpatient”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(a)(5), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(b)(2), added par. (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(b)(1), (c), redesignated par. (3) as (4) and amended heading and text of par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For the purpose of providing health and support services to infants, children, and women with HIV disease, including treatment measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV, the chief elected official of an eligible area, in accordance with the established priorities of the planning council, shall use, from the grants made for the area under section 300ff–11(a) of this title for a fiscal year, not less than the percentage constituted by the ratio of the population in such area of infants, children, and women with acquired immune deficiency syndrome to the general population in such area of individuals with such syndrome.”

Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 106–345, §121(d), added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsecs. (c) to (f) as (d) to (g), respectively.

1996—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(4)(A), inserted “, substance abuse treatment and mental health treatment,” after “case management” and “which shall include treatment education and prophylactic treatment for opportunistic infections,” after “treatment services,”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(4)(B), inserted “, or private for-profit entities if such entities are the only available provider of quality HIV care in the area,” after “nonprofit private entities,” and substituted “homeless health centers, substance abuse treatment programs, and mental health programs” for “and homeless health centers”.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(4)(C), added par. (3).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(4)(C), struck out “and planning” after “Administration” in heading, designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted par. heading, struck out “accounting, reporting, and program oversight functions” after “for administration,”, inserted at end “In the case of entities and subcontractors to which such officer allocates amounts received by the officer under the grant, the officer shall ensure that, of the aggregate amount so allocated, the total of the expenditures by such entities for administrative expenses does not exceed 10 percent (without regard to whether particular entities expend more than 10 percent for such expenses).”, and added pars. (2) and (3).

1994—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–446 substituted “Department of Veterans Affairs facilities” for “Veterans Administration facilities”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–15. Application

(a) In general

To be eligible to receive a grant under section 300ff–11 of this title, an eligible area shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section regarding a single application and grant award, at such time, in such form, and containing such information as the Secretary shall require, including assurances adequate to ensure—

(1)(A) that funds received under a grant awarded under this subpart will be utilized to supplement not supplant State funds made available in the year for which the grant is awarded to provide HIV-related services as described in section 300ff–14(b)(1) of this title;

(B) that the political subdivisions within the eligible area will maintain the level of expenditures by such political subdivisions for HIV-related services as described in section 300ff–14(b)(1) of this title at a level that is equal to the level of such expenditures by such political subdivisions for the preceding fiscal year; and

(C) that political subdivisions within the eligible area will not use funds received under a grant awarded under this subpart in maintaining the level of expenditures for HIV-related services as required in subparagraph (B);

(2) that the eligible area has an HIV health services planning council and has entered into intergovernmental agreements pursuant to section 300ff–12 of this title, and has developed or will develop the comprehensive plan in accordance with section 300ff–12(b)(3)(B) 1 of this title;

(3) that entities within the eligible area that receive funds under a grant under this subpart will maintain appropriate relationships with entities in the eligible area served that constitute key points of access to the health care system for individuals with HIV/AIDS (including emergency rooms, substance abuse treatment programs, detoxification centers, adult and juvenile detention facilities, sexually transmitted disease clinics, HIV counseling and testing sites, mental health programs, and homeless shelters), and other entities under section 2 300ff–14(b)(3) 1 and 300ff–52(a) of this title, for the purpose of facilitating early intervention for individuals newly diagnosed with HIV/AIDS and individuals knowledgeable of their HIV status but not in care;

(4) that the chief elected official of the eligible area will satisfy all requirements under section 300ff–14(c) of this title;

(5) that entities within the eligible area that will receive funds under a grant provided under section 300ff–11(a) of this title shall participate in an established HIV community-based continuum of care if such continuum exists within the eligible area;

(6) that funds received under a grant awarded under this subpart will not be utilized to make payments for any item or service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to that item or service—

(A) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program (except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service); or

(B) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis;


(7) to the maximum extent practicable, that—

(A) HIV health care and support services provided with assistance made available under this subpart will be provided without regard—

(i) to the ability of the individual to pay for such services; and

(ii) to the current or past health condition of the individual to be served;


(B) such services will be provided in a setting that is accessible to low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS; and

(C) a program of outreach will be provided to low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS to inform such individuals of such services;


(8) that the applicant has participated, or will agree to participate, in the statewide coordinated statement of need process where it has been initiated by the State public health agency responsible for administering grants under part B of this subchapter, and ensure that the services provided under the comprehensive plan are consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of need;

(9) that the eligible area has procedures in place to ensure that services provided with funds received under this subpart meet the criteria specified in section 300ff–14(b)(1) of this title; and

(10) that the chief elected official will submit to the lead State agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title, audits, consistent with Office of Management and Budget circular A133, regarding funds expended in accordance with this subpart every 2 years and shall include necessary client-based data to compile unmet need calculations and Statewide coordinated statements of need process.

(b) Application

An eligible area that desires to receive a grant under section 300ff–13(b) of this title shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section regarding a single application and grant award, at such time, in such form, and containing such information as the Secretary shall require, including the information required under such subsection and information concerning—

(1) the number of individuals to be served within the eligible area with assistance provided under the grant, including the identification of individuals with HIV/AIDS as described in clauses (i) through (iii) of section 300ff–13(b)(2)(A) of this title;

(2) demographic data on the population of such individuals;

(3) the average cost of providing each category of HIV-related health services and the extent to which such cost is paid by third-party payors;

(4) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category of services;

(5) the manner in which the expected expenditures are related to the planning process for States that receive funding under part B (including the planning process described in section 300ff–27(b) of this title); and

(6) the expected expenditures and how those expenditures will improve overall client outcomes, as described under the State plan under section 300ff–27(b) of this title, and through additional outcomes measures as identified by the HIV health services planning council under section 300ff–12(b) of this title.

(c) Single application and grant award

(1) Application

The Secretary may phase in the use of a single application that meets the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) of section 300ff–13 of this title with respect to an eligible area that desires to receive grants under section 300ff–13 of this title for a fiscal year.

(2) Grant award

The Secretary may phase in the awarding of a single grant to an eligible area that submits an approved application under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year.

(d) Date certain for submission

(1) Requirement

Except as provided in paragraph (2), to be eligible to receive a grant under section 300ff–11(a) of this title for a fiscal year, an application under subsection (a) of this section shall be submitted not later than 45 days after the date on which appropriations are made under section 300ff–77 of this title for the fiscal year.

(2) Exception

The Secretary may extend the time for the submission of an application under paragraph (1) for a period of not to exceed 60 days if the Secretary determines that the eligible area has made a good faith effort to comply with the requirement of such paragraph but has otherwise been unable to submit its application.

(3) Distribution by Secretary

Not later than 45 days after receiving an application that meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this section from an eligible area, the Secretary shall distribute to such eligible area the amounts awarded under the grant for which the application was submitted.

(4) Redistribution

Any amounts appropriated in any fiscal year under this subpart and not obligated to an eligible entity as a result of the failure of such entity to submit an application shall be redistributed by the Secretary to other eligible entities in proportion to the original grants made to such eligible areas under section 300ff–11(a) of this title.

(e) Requirements regarding imposition of charges for services

(1) In general

The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–11 of this title to an eligible area unless the eligible area provides assurances that in the provision of services with assistance provided under the grant—

(A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider will not impose charges on any such individual for the provision of services under the grant;

(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider—

(i) will impose a charge on each such individual for the provision of such services; and

(ii) will impose the charge according to a schedule of charges that is made available to the public;


(C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200 percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved;

(D) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300 percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and

(E) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 300 percent of the official poverty line, the provider will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved.

(2) Assessment of charge

With respect to compliance with the assurance made under paragraph (1), a grantee or entity receiving assistance under this subpart may, in the case of individuals subject to a charge for purposes of such paragraph—

(A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the provision of services, subject to the provisions of such paragraph regarding public schedules and regarding limitations on the maximum amount of charges; and

(B) take into consideration the medical expenses of individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to such provisions.

(3) Applicability of limitation on amount of charge

The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–11 of this title to an eligible area unless the eligible area agrees that the limitations established in subparagraphs (C), (D) and (E) of paragraph (1) regarding the imposition of charges for services applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for such services, without regard to whether they are characterized as enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing, copayments, coinsurance, or other charges.

(4) Waiver regarding secondary agreements

The requirements established in paragraphs (1) through (3) shall be waived in accordance with section 300ff–14(d)(2) 1 of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2605, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 582; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(b)(5), 6(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1352, 1368; Pub. L. 106–345, title I, §122, title V, §503(a)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1329, 1354; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §§106(c), 107(b), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2781, 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 6(c), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2892.)

References in Text

Section 300ff–12(b) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), was amended by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(1)(D), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1348, to redesignate pars. (2) and (3) as (3) and (4), respectively. As so redesignated, par. (3)(B) relates to consideration regarding designation of councils and par. (4)(B) relates to development of a comprehensive plan.

Section 300ff–14 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a)(3) and (e)(4), was amended generally by Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §105, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2776, and as so amended, it does not contain a subsec. (b)(3) and subsec. (d)(2) does not relate to waivers.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2605 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238d of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–87, §6(c), inserted “, including the identification of individuals with HIV/AIDS as described in clauses (i) through (iii) of section 300ff–13(b)(2)(A) of this title” before semicolon.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” in two places.

Subsec. (a)(6)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §106(c)(1), inserted “(except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service)” before semicolon.

Subsec. (a)(7)(B), (C). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), which directed the substitution of “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”, was executed by making the substitution for “HIV-disease”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(10). Pub. L. 109–415, §106(c)(2), added par. (10).

Subsec. (b)(5), (6). Pub. L. 109–415, §106(c)(3), added pars. (5) and (6).

2000—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–345, §122(b)(1)(A), substituted “services as described in section 300ff–14(b)(1) of this title” for “services to individuals with HIV disease”.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §122(b)(1)(B), substituted “services as described in section 300ff–14(b)(1) of this title” for “services for individuals with HIV disease”.

Subsec. (a)(3) to (8). Pub. L. 106–345, §122(a), added pars. (3) and (4) and redesignated former pars. (3) to (6) as (5) to (8), respectively.

Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 106–345, §122(b)(2)–(4), added par. (9).

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §503(a)(1)(A), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 300ff–77 of this title.

Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §503(a)(1)(B), inserted “section” before “300ff–11(a) of this title”.

1996—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(A)(i), inserted “, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section regarding a single application and grant award,” after “application” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(A)(ii), substituted “preceding fiscal year” for “1-year period preceding the first fiscal year for which a grant is received by the eligible area”.

Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(A)(iii)–(v), added par. (6).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(B), substituted “Application” for “Additional application” in heading and substituted “application, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section regarding a single application and grant award,” for “additional application” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(D), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §6(c)(2), which directed substitution of “section 300ff–77 of this title” for “section 300ff–18 of this title” in subsec. (c)(1), could not be executed because phrase “section 300ff–18 of this title” did not appear in text of subsec. (c)(1) subsequent to redesignation of subsec. (c) as (d) by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(C). See below.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(C), redesignated subsec. (c) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(5)(C), redesignated subsec. (d) as (e).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 6(c) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

2 So in original. Probably should be “sections”.

§300ff–16. Technical assistance

The Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration shall, beginning on August 18, 1990, provide technical assistance, including assistance from other grantees, contractors or subcontractors under this subchapter to assist newly eligible metropolitan areas in the establishment of HIV health services planning councils and, to assist entities in complying with the requirements of this subpart in order to make such entities eligible to receive a grant under this subpart. The Administrator may make planning grants available to metropolitan areas, in an amount not to exceed $75,000 for any metropolitan area, projected to be eligible for funding under section 300ff–11 of this title in the following fiscal year. Such grant amounts shall be deducted from the first year formula award to eligible areas accepting such grants. Not to exceed 1 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under section 300ff–77 of this title for grants under this subpart may be used to carry out this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2606, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 585; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(b)(6), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1353; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §107(b), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2606 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238e of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part” wherever appearing.

1996—Pub. L. 104–146 substituted “Administration shall” for “Administration may”, inserted “, including assistance from other grantees, contractors or subcontractors under this subchapter to assist newly eligible metropolitan areas in the establishment of HIV health services planning councils and,” after “technical assistance”, and inserted at end “The Administrator may make planning grants available to metropolitan areas, in an amount not to exceed $75,000 for any metropolitan area, projected to be eligible for funding under section 300ff–11 of this title in the following fiscal year. Such grant amounts shall be deducted from the first year formula award to eligible areas accepting such grants. Not to exceed 1 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under section 300ff–77 of this title for grants under this part may be used to carry out this section.”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–17. Definitions

For purposes of this subpart:

(1) Eligible area

The term “eligible area” means a metropolitan area meeting the requirements of section 300ff–11 of this title that are applicable to the area.

(2) Metropolitan area

The term “metropolitan area” means an area that is referred to in the HIV/AIDS Surveillance Report of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention as a metropolitan area, and that has a population of 50,000 or more individuals.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2607, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 585; amended Pub. L. 101–557, title IV, §401(b)(1), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2771; Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(28), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104–146, §3(a)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1347; Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §§101(c), 107(b), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2768, 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2607 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238f of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §107(b), substituted “this subpart” for “this part” in introductory provisions.

Par. (2). Pub. L. 109–415, §101(c), substituted “area that is referred” for “area referred” and inserted “, and that has a population of 50,000 or more individuals” before period at end.

1996—Par. (1). Pub. L. 104–146 substituted “The term ‘eligible area’ means a metropolitan area meeting the requirements of section 300ff–11 of this title that are applicable to the area.” for “The term ‘eligible area’ means a metropolitan area described in section 300ff–11(a) of this title.”

1992—Par. (2). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted “Centers for Disease Control and Prevention” for “Centers for Disease Control”.

1990—Par. (1). Pub. L. 101–557 substituted “300ff–11(a)” for “300ff–11(a)(1)”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–18. Repealed. Pub. L. 104–146, §6(b), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1367

Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2608, as added Aug. 18, 1990, Pub. L. 101–381, title I, §101(3), 104 Stat. 585, authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1991 through 1995.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

subpart ii—transitional grants

§300ff–19. Establishment of program

(a) In general

The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall make grants for the purpose of providing services described in section 300ff–14 of this title in transitional areas, subject to the same provisions regarding the allocation of grant funds as apply under subsection (c) of such section.

(b) Transitional areas

For purposes of this section, the term “transitional area” means, subject to subsection (c), a metropolitan area for which there has been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of at least 1,000, but fewer than 2,000, cases of AIDS during the most recent period of 5 calendar years for which such data are available.

(c) Certain eligibility rules

(1) Fiscal year 2011

With respect to grants under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2011, a metropolitan area that received funding under subpart I for fiscal year 2010 but does not for fiscal year 2011 qualify under such subpart as an eligible area and does not qualify under subsection (b) as a transitional area shall, notwithstanding subsection (b), be considered a transitional area.

(2) Continued status as transitional area

(A) In general

Notwithstanding subsection (b), a metropolitan area that is a transitional area for a fiscal year continues, except as provided in subparagraph (B), to be a transitional area until the metropolitan area fails, for three consecutive fiscal years—

(i) to qualify under such subsection as a transitional area; and

(ii) subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C), to have a cumulative total of 1,500 or more living cases of AIDS (reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available.

(B) Permitting margin of error applicable to certain metropolitan areas

In applying subparagraph (A)(ii) for a fiscal year after fiscal year 2008, in the case of a metropolitan area that has a cumulative total of at least 1,400 (and fewer than 1,500) living cases of AIDS as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available, such area shall be treated as having met the criteria of such subparagraph if not more than 5 percent of the total from grants awarded to such area under this part is unobligated as of the end of the most recent fiscal year for which such data is available.

(C) Exception regarding status as eligible area

Subparagraphs (A) and (B) do not apply for a fiscal year if the metropolitan area involved qualifies under subpart I as an eligible area.

(d) Application of certain provisions of subpart I

(1) Administration; planning council

(A) In general

The provisions of section 300ff–12 of this title apply with respect to a grant under subsection (a) for a transitional area to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to a grant under subpart I for an eligible area, except that, subject to subparagraph (B), the chief elected official of the transitional area may elect not to comply with the provisions of section 300ff–12(b) of this title if the official provides documentation to the Secretary that details the process used to obtain community input (particularly from those with HIV) in the transitional area for formulating the overall plan for priority setting and allocating funds from the grant under subsection (a).

(B) Exception

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2013, the exception described in subparagraph (A) does not apply if the transitional area involved received funding under subpart I for fiscal year 2006.

(2) Type and distribution of grants; timeframe for obligation and expenditure of grant funds

(A) Formula grants; supplemental grants

The provisions of section 300ff–13 of this title apply with respect to grants under subsection (a) to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to grants under subpart I, subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C).

(B) Formula grants; increase in grant

For purposes of subparagraph (A), section 300ff–13(a)(4) of this title does not apply.

(C) Supplemental grants; single program with subpart I program

With respect to section 300ff–13(b) of this title as applied for purposes of subparagraph (A):

(i) The Secretary shall combine amounts available pursuant to such subparagraph with amounts available for carrying out section 300ff–13(b) of this title and shall administer the two programs as a single program.

(ii) In the single program, the Secretary has discretion in allocating amounts between eligible areas under subpart I and transitional areas under this section, subject to the eligibility criteria that apply under such section, and subject to section 300ff–13(b)(2)(C) of this title (relating to priority in making grants).

(iii) Pursuant to section 300ff–13(b)(1) of this title, amounts for the single program are subject to use under sections 300ff–13(a)(4) and 300ff–20(d)(1) of this title.

(3) Application; technical assistance; definitions

The provisions of sections 300ff–15, 300ff–16, and 300ff–17 of this title apply with respect to grants under subsection (a) to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to grants under subpart I.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2609, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §107(a)(2), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2781, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 4(a), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2889.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–87, §4(a)(1), in heading substituted “2011” for “2007” and in text substituted “2011” for “2007” in two places and “2010” for “2006”.

Subsec. (c)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 111–87, §4(a)(2)(A), substituted “subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C), to have a” for “to have a”.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–87, §4(a)(2)(B), (C), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C).

Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 111–87, §4(a)(2)(B), (D), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C) and substituted “Subparagraphs (A) and (B) do not apply” for “Subparagraph (A) does not apply”.

Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–87, §4(a)(3), substituted “2013” for “2009”.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 4(a) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

subpart iii—general provisions

§300ff–20. Authorization of appropriations

(a) In general

For the purpose of carrying out this part, there are authorized to be appropriated $604,000,000 for fiscal year 2007, $626,300,000 for fiscal year 2008, $649,500,000 for fiscal year 2009, $681,975,000 for fiscal year 2010, $716,074,000 for fiscal year 2011, $751,877,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $789,471,000 for fiscal year 2013. Amounts appropriated under the preceding sentence for a fiscal year are available for obligation by the Secretary until the end of the second succeeding fiscal year.

(b) Reservation of amounts

(1) Fiscal year 2007

Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2007, the Secretary shall reserve—

(A) $458,310,000 for grants under subpart I; and

(B) $145,690,000 for grants under section 300ff–19 of this title.

(2) Subsequent fiscal years

Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2008 and each subsequent fiscal year—

(A) the Secretary shall reserve an amount for grants under subpart I; and

(B) the Secretary shall reserve an amount for grants under section 300ff–19 of this title.

(c) Transfer of certain amounts; change in status as eligible area or transitional area

Notwithstanding subsection (b):

(1) If a metropolitan area is an eligible area under subpart I for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be an eligible area by reason of section 300ff–11(b) of this title—

(A)(i) the amount reserved under paragraph (1)(A) or (2)(A) of subsection (b) of this section for the first such subsequent year of not being an eligible area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of the grant made pursuant to section 300ff–13(a) of this title for the metropolitan area for the preceding fiscal year; and

(ii)(I) if the metropolitan area qualifies for such first subsequent fiscal year as a transitional area under 300ff–19 1 of this title, the amount reserved under paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B) of subsection (b) for such fiscal year is deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the amount of the reduction under subparagraph (A) for such year; or

(II) if the metropolitan area does not qualify for such first subsequent fiscal year as a transitional area under 300ff–19 1 of this title, an amount equal to the amount of such reduction is, notwithstanding subsection (a), transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title, in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title; and

(B) if a transfer under subparagraph (A)(ii)(II) is made with respect to the metropolitan area for such first subsequent fiscal year, then—

(i) the amount reserved under paragraph (1)(A) or (2)(A) of subsection (b) of this section for such year is deemed to be reduced by an additional $500,000; and

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of such additional reduction is, notwithstanding subsection (a), transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title, in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title.


(2) If a metropolitan area is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be a transitional area by reason of section 300ff–19(c)(2) of this title (and does not qualify for such subsequent fiscal year as an eligible area under subpart I)—

(A) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section for the first such subsequent fiscal year of not being a transitional area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the total of—

(i) the amount of the grant that, pursuant to section 300ff–13(a) of this title, was made under section 300ff–19(d)(2)(A) of this title for the metropolitan area for the preceding fiscal year; and

(ii) $500,000; and


(B)(i) subject to clause (ii), an amount equal to the amount of the reduction under subparagraph (A) for such year is, notwithstanding subsection (a), transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title, in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title; and

(ii) for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2013, notwithstanding subsection (a)—

(I) there shall be transferred to the State containing the metropolitan area, for purposes described in section 300ff–22(a) of this title, an amount (which shall not be taken into account in applying section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title) equal to—

(aa) for the first fiscal year of the metropolitan area not being a transitional area, 75 percent of the amount described in subparagraph (A)(i) for such area;

(bb) for the second fiscal year of the metropolitan area not being a transitional area, 50 percent of such amount; and

(cc) for the third fiscal year of the metropolitan area not being a transitional area, 25 percent of such amount; and


(II) there shall be transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title for the fiscal year, in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title, an amount equal to the total amount of the reduction for such fiscal year under subparagraph (A), less the amount transferred for such fiscal year under subclause (I).


(3) If a metropolitan area is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year qualifies as an eligible area under subpart I—

(A) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section for the first such subsequent fiscal year of becoming an eligible area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of the grant that, pursuant to section 300ff–13(a) of this title, was made under section 300ff–19(d)(2)(A) of this title for the metropolitan area for the preceding fiscal year; and

(B) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(A) for such fiscal year is deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the amount of the reduction under subparagraph (A) for such year.

(d) Certain transfers; allocations between programs under subpart I

With respect to paragraphs (1)(B)(i) and (2)(A)(ii) of subsection (c), the Secretary shall administer any reductions under such paragraphs for a fiscal year in accordance with the following:

(1) The reductions shall be made from amounts available for the single program referred to in section 300ff–19(d)(2)(C) of this title (relating to supplemental grants).

(2) The reductions shall be made before the amounts referred to in paragraph (1) are used for purposes of section 300ff–13(a)(4) of this title.

(3) If the amounts referred to in paragraph (1) are not sufficient for making all the reductions, the reductions shall be reduced until the total amount of the reductions equals the total of the amounts referred to in such paragraph.

(e) Rules of construction regarding first subsequent fiscal year

Paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (c) apply with respect to each series of fiscal years during which a metropolitan area is an eligible area under subpart I or a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year and then for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be such an area by reason of section 300ff–11(b) or 300ff–19(c)(2) of this title, respectively, rather than applying to a single such series. Paragraph (3) of subsection (c) applies with respect to each series of fiscal years during which a metropolitan area is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year and then for a subsequent fiscal year becomes an eligible area under subpart I, rather than applying to a single such series.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2610, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title I, §108, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2783, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), (b), 4(b), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2889.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(b), substituted “$649,500,000 for fiscal year 2009, $681,975,000 for fiscal year 2010, $716,074,000 for fiscal year 2011, $751,877,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $789,471,000 for fiscal year 2013” for “and $649,500,000 for fiscal year 2009”.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–87, §4(b), designated existing provisions as cl. (i), inserted “subject to clause (ii),” before “an amount equal to the amount”, and added cl. (ii).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 2(b) and 4(b) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “section”.

Part B—Care Grant Program

subpart i—general grant provisions

Amendments

1996—Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(1), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1368, added heading “subpart i—general grant provisions”.

§300ff–21. Grants

The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, make grants to States to enable such States to improve the quality, availability and organization of health care and support services for individuals and families with HIV/AIDS. The authority of the Secretary to provide grants under this section is subject to section 300ff–34(e)(2) 1 of this title (relating to the decrease in perinatal transmission of HIV/AIDS).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2611, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 586; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(c)(1), 7(b)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1353, 1368; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §201, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1329; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§201(c)(1), 204(a), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2788, 2796, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

Section 300ff–34(e)(2) of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §211(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2611 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238j of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” in two places.

Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “this section” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §201(c)(1), struck out subsec. (a) designation and heading before “The Secretary” and struck out subsec. (b) which related to priority for women, infants, and children.

2000—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–345 amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For the purpose of providing health and support services to infants, children, and women with HIV disease, including treatment measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV, a State shall use, of the funds allocated under this part to the State for a fiscal year, not less than the percentage constituted by the ratio of the population in the State of infants, children, and women with acquired immune deficiency syndrome to the general population in the State of individuals with such syndrome.”

1996—Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(2), inserted at end “The authority of the Secretary to provide grants under this part is subject to section 300ff–34(e)(2) of this title (relating to the decrease in perinatal transmission of HIV disease).”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

§300ff–22. General use of grants

(a) In general

A State may use amounts provided under grants made under section 300ff–21 of this title for—

(1) core medical services described in subsection (b);

(2) support services described in subsection (c); and

(3) administrative expenses described in section 300ff–28(b)(3) of this title.

(b) Required funding for core medical services

(1) In general

With respect to a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title for a State for a grant year, the State shall, of the portion of the grant remaining after reserving amounts for purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (E)(ii)(I) of section 300ff–28(b)(3) of this title, use not less than 75 percent to provide core medical services that are needed in the State for individuals with HIV/AIDS who are identified and eligible under this subchapter (including services regarding the co-occurring conditions of the individuals).

(2) Waiver

(A) In general

The Secretary shall waive the application of paragraph (1) with respect to a State for a grant year if the Secretary determines that, within the State—

(i) there are no waiting lists for AIDS Drug Assistance Program services under section 300ff–26 of this title; and

(ii) core medical services are available to all individuals with HIV/AIDS identified and eligible under this subchapter.

(B) Notification of waiver status

When informing a State that a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title is being made to the State for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall inform the State whether a waiver under subparagraph (A) is in effect for the fiscal year.

(3) Core medical services

For purposes of this subsection, the term “core medical services”, with respect to an individual infected with HIV/AIDS (including the co-occurring conditions of the individual) means the following services:

(A) Outpatient and ambulatory health services.

(B) AIDS Drug Assistance Program treatments in accordance with section 300ff–26 of this title.

(C) AIDS pharmaceutical assistance.

(D) Oral health care.

(E) Early intervention services described in subsection (d).

(F) Health insurance premium and cost sharing assistance for low-income individuals in accordance with section 300ff–25 of this title.

(G) Home health care.

(H) Medical nutrition therapy.

(I) Hospice services.

(J) Home and community-based health services as defined under section 300ff–24(c) of this title.

(K) Mental health services.

(L) Substance abuse outpatient care.

(M) Medical case management, including treatment adherence services.

(c) Support services

(1) In general

For purposes of this subsection, the term “support services” means services, subject to the approval of the Secretary, that are needed for individuals with HIV/AIDS to achieve their medical outcomes (such as respite care for persons caring for individuals with HIV/AIDS, outreach services, medical transportation, linguistic services, and referrals for health care and support services).

(2) Definition of medical outcomes

In this subsection, the term “medical outcomes” means those outcomes affecting the HIV-related clinical status of an individual with HIV/AIDS.

(d) Early intervention services

(1) In general

For purposes of this section, the term “early intervention services” means HIV/AIDS early intervention services described in section 300ff–51(e) of this title, with follow-up referral provided for the purpose of facilitating the access of individuals receiving the services to HIV-related health services. The entities through which such services may be provided under the grant include public health departments, emergency rooms, substance abuse and mental health treatment programs, detoxification centers, detention facilities, clinics regarding sexually transmitted diseases, homeless shelters, HIV/AIDS counseling and testing sites, health care points of entry specified by States, federally qualified health centers, and entities described in section 300ff–52(a) of this title that constitute a point of access to services by maintaining referral relationships.

(2) Conditions

With respect to an entity that proposes to provide early intervention services under paragraph (1), such paragraph shall apply only if the entity demonstrates to the satisfaction of the chief elected official for the State involved that—

(A) Federal, State, or local funds are otherwise inadequate for the early intervention services the entity proposes to provide; and

(B) the entity will expend funds pursuant to such subparagraph to supplement and not supplant other funds available to the entity for the provision of early intervention services for the fiscal year involved.

(e) Priority for women, infants, children, and youth

(1) In general

For the purpose of providing health and support services to infants, children, youth, and women with HIV/AIDS, including treatment measures to prevent the perinatal transmission of HIV, a State shall for each of such populations in the eligible area use, from the grants made for the area under section 300ff–11(a) of this title for a fiscal year, not less than the percentage constituted by the ratio of the population involved (infants, children, youth, or women in such area) with HIV/AIDS to the general population in such area of individuals with HIV/AIDS.

(2) Waiver

With respect to the population involved, the Secretary may provide to a State a waiver of the requirement of paragraph (1) if such State demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the population is receiving HIV-related health services through the State medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], the State children's health insurance program under title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.], or other Federal or State programs.

(f) Construction

A State may not use amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to purchase or improve land, or to purchase, construct, or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling) any building or other facility, or to make cash payments to intended recipients of services.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2612, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 586; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1354; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §202, title V, §503(b), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1330, 1355; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §201(a), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2785, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (e)(2), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Titles XIX and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX (§1396 et seq.) and XXI (§1397aa et seq.), respectively, of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Another section 3(c)(2) of Pub. L. 104–146 amended section 300ff–23 of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2612 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238k of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §201(a), reenacted section catchline without change and amended text generally, substituting provisions relating to general use of grants, required funding for core medical services, support and early intervention services, priority for women, infants, children, and youth, and prohibition against use of amounts for real property improvement or to make cash payments, for provisions relating to general use of grants, support services and outreach, early intervention services, and establishment of a quality management program in each State.

2000—Pub. L. 106–345, §202(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and inserted heading.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §503(b), made technical amendment to directory language of Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(A)(iii). See 1996 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 106–345, §202(2), added subsecs. (b) to (d).

1996—Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(A), as amended by Pub. L. 106–345, §503(b), struck out “(a) In general” before “A State may use amounts”, added par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) to (4) as (2) to (5), respectively, substituted “therapeutics to treat HIV disease” for “treatments, that have been determined to prolong life or prevent serious deterioration of health,” in par. (5), and inserted after par. (5) “Services described in paragraph (1) shall be delivered through consortia designed as described in paragraph (2), where such consortia exist, unless the State demonstrates to the Secretary that delivery of such services would be more effective when other delivery mechanisms are used. In making a determination regarding the delivery of services, the State shall consult with appropriate representatives of service providers and recipients of services who would be affected by such determination, and shall include in its demonstration to the Secretary the findings of the State regarding such consultation.”

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(B), struck out heading and text of subsec. (b). Text read as follows: “A State shall use not less than 15 percent of funds allocated under this part to provide health and support services to infants, children, women, and families with HIV disease.”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–23. Grants to establish HIV care consortia

(a) Consortia

A State may, subject to subsection (f), use amounts provided under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to provide assistance under section 300ff–22(a) of this title to an entity that—

(1) is an association of one or more public, and one or more nonprofit private,1 (or private for-profit providers or organizations if such entities are the only available providers of quality HIV care in the area) 1 health care and support service providers and community based organizations operating within areas determined by the State to be most affected by HIV/AIDS; and

(2) agrees to use such assistance for the planning, development and delivery, through the direct provision of services or through entering into agreements with other entities for the provision of such services, of comprehensive outpatient health and support services for individuals with HIV/AIDS, that may include—

(A) essential health services such as case management services, medical, nursing, substance abuse treatment, mental health treatment, and dental care, diagnostics, monitoring, prophylactic treatment for opportunistic infections, treatment education to take place in the context of health care delivery, and medical follow-up services, mental health, developmental, and rehabilitation services, home health and hospice care; and

(B) essential support services such as transportation services, attendant care, homemaker services, day or respite care, benefits advocacy, advocacy services provided through public and nonprofit private entities, and services that are incidental to the provision of health care services for individuals with HIV/AIDS including nutrition services, housing referral services, and child welfare and family services (including foster care and adoption services).


An entity or entities of the type described in this subsection shall hereinafter be referred to in this subchapter as a “consortium” or “consortia”.

(b) Assurances

(1) Requirement

To receive assistance from a State under subsection (a) of this section, an applicant consortium shall provide the State with assurances that—

(A) within any locality in which such consortium is to operate, the populations and subpopulations of individuals and families with HIV/AIDS have been identified by the consortium, particularly those experiencing disparities in access and services and those who reside in historically underserved communities;

(B) the service plan established under subsection (c)(2) of this section by such consortium is consistent with the comprehensive plan under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title and addresses the special care and service needs of the populations and subpopulations identified under subparagraph (A); and

(C) except as provided in paragraph (2), the consortium will be a single coordinating entity that will integrate the delivery of services among the populations and subpopulations identified under subparagraph (A).

(2) Exception

Subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) shall not apply to any applicant consortium that the State determines will operate in a community or locality in which it has been demonstrated by the applicant consortium that—

(A) subpopulations exist within the community to be served that have unique service requirements; and

(B) such unique service requirements cannot be adequately and efficiently addressed by a single consortium serving the entire community or locality.

(c) Application

(1) In general

To receive assistance from the State under subsection (a) of this section, a consortium shall prepare and submit to the State, an application that—

(A) demonstrates that the consortium includes agencies and community-based organizations—

(i) with a record of service to populations and subpopulations with HIV/AIDS requiring care within the community to be served; and

(ii) that are representative of populations and subpopulations reflecting the local incidence of HIV and that are located in areas in which such populations reside;


(B) demonstrates that the consortium has carried out an assessment of service needs within the geographic area to be served and, after consultation with the entities described in paragraph (2), has established a plan to ensure the delivery of services to meet such identified needs that shall include—

(i) assurances that service needs will be addressed through the coordination and expansion of existing programs before new programs are created;

(ii) assurances that, in metropolitan areas, the geographic area to be served by the consortium corresponds to the geographic boundaries of local health and support services delivery systems to the extent practicable;

(iii) assurances that, in the case of services for individuals residing in rural areas, the applicant consortium shall deliver case management services that link available community support services to appropriate specialized medical services; and

(iv) assurances that the assessment of service needs and the planning of the delivery of services will include participation by individuals with HIV/AIDS;


(C) demonstrates that adequate planning has occurred to meet the special needs of families with HIV/AIDS, including family centered and youth centered care;

(D) demonstrates that the consortium has created a mechanism to evaluate periodically—

(i) the success of the consortium in responding to identified needs; and

(ii) the cost-effectiveness of the mechanisms employed by the consortium to deliver comprehensive care;


(E) demonstrates that the consortium will report to the State the results of the evaluations described in subparagraph (D) and shall make available to the State or the Secretary, on request, such data and information on the program methodology that may be required to perform an independent evaluation; and

(F) demonstrates that adequate planning occurred to address disparities in access and services and historically underserved communities.

(2) Consultation

In establishing the plan required under paragraph (1)(B), the consortium shall consult with—

(A)(i) the public health agency that provides or supports ambulatory and outpatient HIV-related health care services within the geographic area to be served; or

(ii) in the case of a public health agency that does not directly provide such HIV-related health care services such agency shall consult with an entity or entities that directly provide ambulatory and outpatient HIV-related health care services within the geographic area to be served;

(B) not less than one community-based organization that is organized solely for the purpose of providing HIV-related support services to individuals with HIV/AIDS;

(C) grantees under section 300ff–71 of this title, or, if none are operating in the area, representatives in the area of organizations with a history of serving children, youth, women, and families living with HIV; and

(D) the types of entities described in section 300ff–12(b)(2) of this title.


The organization to be consulted under subparagraph (B) shall be at the discretion of the applicant consortium.

(d) “Family centered care” defined

As used in section 300ff–21 of this title, the term “family centered care” means the system of services described in this section that is targeted specifically to the special needs of infants, children, women, and families. Family centered care shall be based on a partnership between parents, professionals, and the community designed to ensure an integrated, coordinated, culturally sensitive, and community-based continuum of care for children, women, and families with HIV/AIDS.

(e) Priority

In providing assistance under subsection (a) of this section, the State shall, among applicants that meet the requirements of this section, give priority—

(1) first to consortia that are receiving assistance from the Health Resources and Services Administration for adult and pediatric HIV-related care demonstration projects; and then

(2) to any other existing HIV care consortia.

(f) Allocation of funds; treatment as support services

For purposes of the requirement of section 300ff–22(b)(1) of this title, expenditures of grants under section 300ff–21 of this title for or through consortia under this section are deemed to be support services, not core medical services. The preceding sentence may not be construed as having any legal effect on the provisions of subsection (a) that relate to authorized expenditures of the grant.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2613, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 586; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1354; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §203, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1331; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§201(b), 204(a), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2787, 2796, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Codification

Another section 3(c)(2) of Pub. L. 104–146 amended section 300ff–22 of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2613 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238l of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part” in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 109–415, §201(b)(1), in introductory provisions substituted “may, subject to subsection (f), use” for “may use” and “section 300ff–22(a) of this title” for “section 300ff–22(a)(1) of this title”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 109–415, §201(b)(2), added subsec. (f).

2000—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–345, §203(1)(A), inserted “, particularly those experiencing disparities in access and services and those who reside in historically underserved communities” before semicolon.

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §203(1)(B), inserted “is consistent with the comprehensive plan under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title and” after “by such consortium”.

Subsec. (c)(1)(F). Pub. L. 106–345, §203(2), added subpar. (F).

Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §203(3), added subpar. (D).

1996—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(A)(i), inserted “(or private for-profit providers or organizations if such entities are the only available providers of quality HIV care in the area)” after “nonprofit private,”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(A)(ii), inserted “substance abuse treatment, mental health treatment,” after “nursing,” and “prophylactic treatment for opportunistic infections, treatment education to take place in the context of health care delivery,” after “monitoring,”.

Subsec. (c)(1)(C). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(B)(i), inserted “and youth centered” after “family centered”.

Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(2)(B)(ii), added subpar. (C).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 So in original. The comma probably should follow parenthetical phrase.

§300ff–24. Grants for home- and community-based care

(a) Uses

A State may use amounts provided under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to make grants under section 300ff–22(b)(3)(J) of this title to entities to—

(1) provide home- and community-based health services for individuals with HIV/AIDS pursuant to written plans of care prepared by a case management team, that shall include appropriate health care professionals, in such State for providing such services to such individuals;

(2) provide outreach services to individuals with HIV/AIDS, including those individuals in rural areas; and

(3) provide for the coordination of the provision of services under this section with the provision of HIV-related health services, including specialty care and vaccinations for hepatitis co-infection, provided by public and private entities.

(b) Priority

In awarding grants under subsection (a) of this section, a State shall give priority to entities that provide assurances to the State that—

(1) such entities will participate in HIV care consortia if such consortia exist within the State; and

(2) such entities will utilize amounts provided under such grants for the provision of home- and community-based services to low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS.

(c) “Home- and community-based health services” defined

As used in section 300ff–21 of this title, the term “home- and community-based health services”—

(1) means, with respect to an individual with HIV/AIDS, skilled health services furnished to the individual in the individual's home pursuant to a written plan of care established by a case management team, that shall include appropriate health care professionals, for the provision of such services and items described in paragraph (2);

(2) includes—

(A) durable medical equipment;

(B) home health aide services and personal care services furnished in the home of the individual;

(C) day treatment or other partial hospitalization services;

(D) home intravenous and aerosolized drug therapy (including prescription drugs administered as part of such therapy);

(E) routine diagnostic testing administered in the home of the individual; and

(F) appropriate mental health, developmental, and rehabilitation services; and


(3) does not include—

(A) inpatient hospital services; and

(B) nursing home and other long term care facilities.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2614, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 589; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§201(c)(2), 204(a), (b), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2788, 2796, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2614 of act July 1, 1944, was successively renumbered by subsequent acts and transferred, see section 238m of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part” in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 109–415, §201(c)(2)(A), substituted “section 300ff–22(b)(3)(J) of this title” for “section 300ff–22(a)(2) of this title” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(b), inserted “, including specialty care and vaccinations for hepatitis co-infection,” after “health services”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §201(c)(2)(B), struck out “homemaker or” before “home health”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–25. Continuum of health insurance coverage

(a) In general

A State may use amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to establish a program of financial assistance under section 300ff–22(b)(3)(F) of this title to assist eligible low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS in—

(1) maintaining a continuity of health insurance; or

(2) receiving medical benefits under a health insurance program, including risk-pools.

(b) Limitations

Assistance shall not be utilized under subsection (a) of this section—

(1) to pay any costs associated with the creation, capitalization, or administration of a liability risk pool (other than those costs paid on behalf of individuals as part of premium contributions to existing liability risk pools); and

(2) to pay any amount expended by a State under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.].

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2615, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 590; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§201(c)(3), 204(a), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2788, 2796, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Title XIX of the Social Security Act is classified generally to subchapter XIX (§1396 et seq.) of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §§201(c)(3), 204(a), 702(3), in introductory provisions, substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”, “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”, and “section 300ff–22(b)(3)(F) of this title” for “section 300ff–22(a)(3) of this title”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–26. Provision of treatments

(a) In general

A State shall use a portion of the amounts provided under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to establish a program under section 300ff–22(b)(3)(B) of this title to provide therapeutics to treat HIV/AIDS or prevent the serious deterioration of health arising from HIV/AIDS in eligible individuals, including measures for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections.

(b) Eligible individual

To be eligible to receive assistance from a State under this section an individual shall—

(1) have a medical diagnosis of HIV/AIDS; and

(2) be a low-income individual, as defined by the State.

(c) State duties

In carrying out this section the State shall—

(1) ensure that the therapeutics included on the list of classes of core antiretroviral therapeutics established by the Secretary under subsection (e) are, at a minimum, the treatments provided by the State pursuant to this section;

(2) provide assistance for the purchase of treatments determined to be eligible under paragraph (1), and the provision of such ancillary devices that are essential to administer such treatments;

(3) provide outreach to individuals with HIV/AIDS, and as appropriate to the families of such individuals;

(4) facilitate access to treatments for such individuals;

(5) document the progress made in making therapeutics described in subsection (a) of this section available to individuals eligible for assistance under this section; and

(6) encourage, support, and enhance adherence to and compliance with treatment regimens, including related medical monitoring.


Of the amount reserved by a State for a fiscal year for use under this section, the State may not use more than 5 percent to carry out services under paragraph (6), except that the percentage applicable with respect to such paragraph is 10 percent if the State demonstrates to the Secretary that such additional services are essential and in no way diminish access to the therapeutics described in subsection (a) of this section.

(d) Duties of Secretary

In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall review the current status of State drug reimbursement programs established under section 300ff–22(2) 1 of this title and assess barriers to the expanded availability of the treatments described in subsection (a) of this section. The Secretary shall also examine the extent to which States coordinate with other grantees under this subchapter to reduce barriers to the expanded availability of the treatments described in subsection (a) of this section.

(e) List of classes of core antiretroviral therapeutics

For purposes of subsection (c)(1), the Secretary shall develop and maintain a list of classes of core antiretroviral therapeutics, which list shall be based on the therapeutics included in the guidelines of the Secretary known as the Clinical Practice Guidelines for Use of HIV/AIDS Drugs, relating to drugs needed to manage symptoms associated with HIV. The preceding sentence does not affect the authority of the Secretary to modify such Guidelines.

(f) Use of health insurance and plans

(1) In general

In carrying out subsection (a) of this section, a State may expend a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title to provide the therapeutics described in such subsection by paying on behalf of individuals with HIV/AIDS the costs of purchasing or maintaining health insurance or plans whose coverage includes a full range of such therapeutics and appropriate primary care services.

(2) Limitation

The authority established in paragraph (1) applies only to the extent that, for the fiscal year involved, the costs of the health insurance or plans to be purchased or maintained under such paragraph do not exceed the costs of otherwise providing therapeutics described in subsection (a) of this section.

(g) Drug rebate program

A State shall ensure that any drug rebates received on drugs purchased from funds provided pursuant to this section are applied to activities supported under this subpart, with priority given to activities described under this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2616, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 590; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1355; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §204, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1332; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§201(c)(4), 202, 204(a), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2788, 2796, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

Section 300ff–22 of this title, referred to in subsec. (d), was amended generally by Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §201(a), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2785, and, as so amended, does not contain a par. (2).

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” in two places.

Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §201(c)(4), substituted “section 300ff–22(b)(3)(B) of this title” for “section 300ff–22(a)(5) of this title”.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §202(a)(1), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: “determine, in accordance with guidelines issued by the Secretary, which treatments are eligible to be included under the program established under this section;”.

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 109–415, §202(a)(3), added subsec. (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 109–415, §202(a)(2), redesignated subsec. (e) as (f).

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 109–415, §202(b), added subsec. (g).

2000—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–345, §204(a), added par. (6) and concluding provisions.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–345, §204(b), added subsec. (e).

1996—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(3)(A), substituted “shall use a portion of the amounts” for “may use amounts” and “section 300ff–22(a)(5) of this title to provide therapeutics to treat HIV disease” for “section 300ff–22(a)(4) of this title to provide treatments that have been determined to prolong life” and inserted before period “, including measures for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections”.

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(3)(B), added par. (5).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(3)(C), added subsec. (d).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

§300ff–27. State application

(a) In general

The Secretary shall not make a grant to a State under section 300ff–21 of this title for a fiscal year unless the State prepares and submits, to the Secretary, an application at such time, in such form, and containing such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out section 300ff–21 of this title.

(b) Description of intended uses and agreements

The application submitted under subsection (a) of this section shall contain—

(1) a detailed description of the HIV-related services provided in the State to individuals and families with HIV/AIDS during the year preceding the year for which the grant is requested, and the number of individuals and families receiving such services, that shall include—

(A) a description of the types of programs operated or funded by the State for the provision of HIV-related services during the year preceding the year for which the grant is requested and the methods utilized by the State to finance such programs;

(B) an accounting of the amount of funds that the State has expended for such services and programs during the year preceding the year for which the grant is requested; and

(C) information concerning—

(i) the number of individuals to be served with assistance provided under the grant;

(ii) demographic data on the population of the individuals to be served;

(iii) the average cost of providing each category of HIV-related health services and the extent to which such cost is paid by third-party payors; and

(iv) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category of services;


(2) a determination of the size and demographics of the population of individuals with HIV/AIDS in the State;

(3) a determination of the needs of such population, with particular attention to—

(A) individuals with HIV/AIDS who know their HIV status and are not receiving HIV-related services; and

(B) disparities in access and services among affected subpopulations and historically underserved communities;


(4) the designation of a lead State agency that shall—

(A) administer all assistance received under this part;

(B) conduct the needs assessment and prepare the State plan under paragraph (3);

(C) prepare all applications for assistance under this part;

(D) receive notices with respect to programs under this subchapter;

(E) every 2 years, collect and submit to the Secretary all audits, consistent with Office of Management and Budget circular A133, from grantees within the State, including audits regarding funds expended in accordance with this part; and

(F) carry out any other duties determined appropriate by the Secretary to facilitate the coordination of programs under this subchapter.1


(5) a comprehensive plan that describes the organization and delivery of HIV health care and support services to be funded with assistance received under section 300ff–21 of this title that shall include a description of the purposes for which the State intends to use such assistance, and that—

(A) establishes priorities for the allocation of funds within the State based on—

(i) size and demographics of the population of individuals with HIV/AIDS (as determined under paragraph (2)) and the needs of such population (as determined under paragraph (3));

(ii) availability of other governmental and non-governmental resources, including the State medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] and the State Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act [42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.] to cover health care costs of eligible individuals and families with HIV/AIDS;

(iii) capacity development needs resulting from disparities in the availability of HIV-related services in historically underserved communities and rural communities; and

(iv) the efficiency of the administrative mechanism of the State for rapidly allocating funds to the areas of greatest need within the State;


(B) includes a strategy for identifying individuals who know their HIV status and are not receiving such services and for informing the individuals of and enabling the individuals to utilize the services, giving particular attention to eliminating disparities in access and services among affected subpopulations and historically underserved communities, and including discrete goals, a timetable, and an appropriate allocation of funds;

(C) includes a strategy to coordinate the provision of such services with programs for HIV prevention (including outreach and early intervention) and for the prevention and treatment of substance abuse (including programs that provide comprehensive treatment services for such abuse);

(D) describes the services and activities to be provided and an explanation of the manner in which the elements of the program to be implemented by the State with such assistance will maximize the quality of health and support services available to individuals with HIV/AIDS throughout the State;

(E) provides a description of the manner in which services funded with assistance provided under section 300ff–21 of this title will be coordinated with other available related services for individuals with HIV/AIDS;

(F) provides a description of how the allocation and utilization of resources are consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of need (including traditionally underserved populations and subpopulations) developed in partnership with other grantees in the State that receive funding under this subchapter; and

(G) includes key outcomes to be measured by all entities in the State receiving assistance under this subchapter; and 2


(6) an assurance that the public health agency administering the grant for the State will periodically convene a meeting of individuals with HIV/AIDS, members of a Federally recognized Indian tribe as represented in the State, representatives of grantees under each part under this subchapter, providers, and public agency representatives for the purpose of developing a statewide coordinated statement of need;

(7) an assurance by the State that—

(A) the public health agency that is administering the grant for the State engages in a public advisory planning process, including public hearings, that includes the participants under paragraph (6), and the types of entities described in section 300ff–12(b)(2) of this title, in developing the comprehensive plan under paragraph (5) and commenting on the implementation of such plan;

(B) the State will—

(i) to the maximum extent practicable, ensure that HIV-related health care and support services delivered pursuant to a program established with assistance provided under section 300ff–21 of this title will be provided without regard to the ability of the individual to pay for such services and without regard to the current or past health condition of the individual with HIV/AIDS;

(ii) ensure that such services will be provided in a setting that is accessible to low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS;

(iii) provide outreach to low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS to inform such individuals of the services available under section 300ff–21 of this title; and

(iv) in the case of a State that intends to use amounts provided under the grant for purposes described in section 300ff–25 of this title, submit a plan to the Secretary that demonstrates that the State has established a program that assures that—

(I) such amounts will be targeted to individuals who would not otherwise be able to afford health insurance coverage; and

(II) income, asset, and medical expense criteria will be established and applied by the State to identify those individuals who qualify for assistance under such program, and information concerning such criteria shall be made available to the public;


(C) the State will provide for periodic independent peer review to assess the quality and appropriateness of health and support services provided by entities that receive funds from the State under section 300ff–21 of this title;

(D) the State will permit and cooperate with any Federal investigations undertaken regarding programs conducted under section 300ff–21 of this title;

(E) the State will maintain HIV-related activities at a level that is equal to not less than the level of such expenditures by the State for the 1-year period preceding the fiscal year for which the State is applying to receive a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title;

(F) the State will ensure that grant funds are not utilized to make payments for any item or service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to that item or service—

(i) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program; or

(ii) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis (except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service); and


(G) entities within areas in which activities under the grant are carried out will maintain appropriate relationships with entities in the area served that constitute key points of access to the health care system for individuals with HIV/AIDS (including emergency rooms, substance abuse treatment programs, detoxification centers, adult and juvenile detention facilities, sexually transmitted disease clinics, HIV counseling and testing sites, mental health programs, and homeless shelters), and other entities under section 3 300ff–22(c) and 300ff–52(a) of this title, for the purpose of facilitating early intervention for individuals newly diagnosed with HIV/AIDS and individuals knowledgeable of their HIV status but not in care; and


(8) a comprehensive plan—

(A) containing an identification of individuals with HIV/AIDS as described in clauses (i) through (iii) of section 300ff–13(b)(2)(A) of this title and the strategy required under section 300ff–12(b)(4)(D)(iv) of this title;

(B) describing the estimated number of individuals within the State with HIV/AIDS who do not know their status;

(C) describing activities undertaken by the State to find the individuals described in subparagraph (A) and to make such individuals aware of their status;

(D) describing the manner in which the State will provide undiagnosed individuals who are made aware of their status with access to medical treatment for their HIV/AIDS; and

(E) describing efforts to remove legal barriers, including State laws and regulations, to routine testing.

(c) Requirements regarding imposition of charges for services

(1) In general

The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title to a State unless the State provides assurances that in the provision of services with assistance provided under the grant—

(A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider will not impose charges on any such individual for the provision of services under the grant;

(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line, the provider—

(i) will impose charges on each such individual for the provision of such services; and

(ii) will impose charges according to a schedule of charges that is made available to the public;


(C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200 percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved;

(D) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300 percent of such poverty line, the provider will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and

(E) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 300 percent of the official poverty line, the provider will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved.

(2) Assessment of charge

With respect to compliance with the assurance made under paragraph (1), a grantee under section 300ff–21 of this title may, in the case of individuals subject to a charge for purposes of such paragraph—

(A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the provision of services, subject to the provisions of such paragraph regarding public schedules regarding limitation on the maximum amount of charges; and

(B) take into consideration the medical expenses of individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to such provisions.

(3) Applicability of limitation on amount of charge

The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title unless the applicant of the grant agrees that the limitations established in subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) of paragraph (1) regarding the imposition of charges for services applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for such services, without regard to whether they are characterized as enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing, copayments, coinsurance, or other charges.

(4) Waiver

(A) In general

The State shall waive the requirements established in paragraphs (1) through (3) in the case of an entity that does not, in providing health care services, impose a charge or accept reimbursement from any third-party payor, including reimbursement under any insurance policy or under any Federal or State health benefits program.

(B) Determination

A determination by the State of whether an entity referred to in subparagraph (A) meets the criteria for a waiver under such subparagraph shall be made without regard to whether the entity accepts voluntary donations regarding the provision of services to the public.

(d) Requirement of matching funds regarding State allotments

(1) In general

In the case of any State to which the criterion described in paragraph (3) applies, the Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title unless the State agrees that, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the State in carrying out the program for which the grant was awarded, the State will, subject to subsection (b)(2) 4 of this section, make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount equal to—

(A) for the first fiscal year of payments under the grant, not less than 162/3 percent of such costs ($1 for each $5 of Federal funds provided in the grant);

(B) for any second fiscal year of such payments, not less than 20 percent of such costs ($1 for each $4 of Federal funds provided in the grant);

(C) for any third fiscal year of such payments, not less than 25 percent of such costs ($1 for each $3 of Federal funds provided in the grant);

(D) for any fourth fiscal year of such payments, not less than 331/3 percent of such costs ($1 for each $2 of Federal funds provided in the grant); and

(E) for any subsequent fiscal year of such payments, not less than 331/3 percent of such costs ($1 for each $2 of Federal funds provided in the grant).

(2) Determination of amount of non-Federal contribution

(A) In general

Non-Federal contributions required in paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, and any portion of any service subsidized by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions.

(B) Inclusion of certain amounts

(i) In making a determination of the amount of non-Federal contributions made by a State for purposes of paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, subject to clause (ii), include any non-Federal contributions provided by the State for HIV-related services, without regard to whether the contributions are made for programs established pursuant to this subchapter;

(ii) In making a determination for purposes of clause (i), the Secretary may not include any non-Federal contributions provided by the State as a condition of receiving Federal funds under any program under this subchapter (except for the program established in section 300ff–21 of this title) or under other provisions of law.

(3) Applicability of requirement

(A) Number of cases

A State referred to in paragraph (1) is any State for which the number of cases of HIV/AIDS reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for the period described in subparagraph (B) constitutes in excess of 1 percent of the aggregate number of such cases reported to and confirmed by the Director for such period for the United States.

(B) Period of time

The period referred to in subparagraph (A) is the 2-year period preceding the fiscal year for which the State involved is applying to receive a grant under subsection (a) of this section.

(C) Puerto Rico

For purposes of paragraph (1), the number of cases of HIV/AIDS reported and confirmed for the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for any fiscal year shall be deemed to be less than 1 percent.

(4) Diminished State contribution

With respect to a State that does not make available the entire amount of the non-Federal contribution referred to in paragraph (1), the State shall continue to be eligible to receive Federal funds under a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title, except that the Secretary in providing Federal funds under the grant shall provide such funds (in accordance with the ratios prescribed in paragraph (1)) only with respect to the amount of funds contributed by such State.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2617, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 590; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(29), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(c)(4), 12(c)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1355, 1373; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §205, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1332; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §204(a), (c), (d), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2796, 2797, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 9, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2895.)

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(5)(A)(ii), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Titles XIX and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters XIX (§1396 et seq.) and XXI (§1397aa et seq.), respectively, of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Subsection (b)(2) of this section, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), was redesignated subsec. (b)(4) by Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §205(a)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1332, and then subsec. (b)(5) by Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §204(c)(2), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2796.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 111–87, §9, added par. (8).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept, 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part” wherever appearing in subsecs. (a), (b), (c)(2), and (d).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(1)(B), added par. (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(1)(A), redesignated par. (4) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (6).

Subsec. (b)(5)(G). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(1)(C), added subpar. (G).

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(2), inserted “members of a Federally recognized Indian tribe as represented in the State,” before “representatives of grantees”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(1)(A), redesignated par. (5) as (6). Former par. (6) redesignated (7).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(1)(A), redesignated par. (6) as (7).

Subsec. (b)(7)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(1)(D), substituted “paragraph (6)” for “paragraph (5)” and “paragraph (5)” for “paragraph (4)”.

Subsec. (b)(7)(F)(ii). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(c)(3), inserted “(except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service)” before semicolon.

Subsec. (d)(3)(A), (C). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(d), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

2000—Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(2), added pars. (2) and (3). Former pars. (2) and (3) redesignated (4) and (5), respectively.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(3)(A), (B), in introductory provisions substituted “comprehensive plan that describes the organization” for “comprehensive plan for the organization” and “, and that—” for “, including—”.

Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(1), redesignated par. (2) as (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (6).

Subsec. (b)(4)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(3)(D), which directed the amendment of par. (4) by adding subpars. (A) to (C) “before subparagraph (C)”, was executed by adding them before subpar. (D), to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Former subpars. (A) to (C) redesignated (D) to (F), respectively.

Subsec. (b)(4)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(3)(C), (E), redesignated subpar. (A) as (D) and inserted “describes” before “the services and activities”.

Subsec. (b)(4)(E). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(3)(C), (F), redesignated subpar. (B) as (E) and inserted “provides” before “a description”.

Subsec. (b)(4)(F). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(3)(C), (G), redesignated subpar. (C) as (F) and inserted “provides” before “a description”.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(1), (b)(1), redesignated par. (3) as (5) and substituted “HIV disease” for “HIV”.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(a)(1), redesignated par. (4) as (6).

Subsec. (b)(6)(A). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(b)(2), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: “the public health agency that is administering the grant for the State will conduct public hearings concerning the proposed use and distribution of the assistance to be received under this part;”.

Subsec. (b)(6)(G). Pub. L. 106–345, §205(c), added subpar. (G).

1996—Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(4)(A), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(4)(C), added par. (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(4)(B), redesignated par. (3) as (4).

Subsec. (b)(4)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(3), which directed amendment of par. (3)(B)(iv) by inserting “section” before “300ff–25”, was executed by making the amendment in par. (4)(B)(iv) to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the redesignation of par. (3) as (4) by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(4)(B). See above.

1992—Subsec. (d)(3)(A). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted “Centers for Disease Control and Prevention” for “Centers for Disease Control”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 9 of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 So in original. The period probably should be a semicolon.

2 So in original. The word “and” probably should not appear.

3 So in original. Probably should be “sections”.

4 See References in Text note below.

§300ff–27a. Spousal notification

(a) In general

The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall not make a grant under part B of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff–21 et seq.) to any State unless such State takes administrative or legislative action to require that a good faith effort be made to notify a spouse of a known HIV-infected patient that such spouse may have been exposed to the human immunodeficiency virus and should seek testing.

(b) Definitions

For purposes of this section:

(1) Spouse

The term “spouse” means any individual who is the marriage partner of an HIV-infected patient, or who has been the marriage partner of that patient at any time within the 10-year period prior to the diagnosis of HIV infection.

(2) HIV-infected patient

The term “HIV-infected patient” means any individual who has been diagnosed to be infected with the human immunodeficiency virus.

(3) State

The term “State” means any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, or any territory of the United States.

(Pub. L. 104–146, §8, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1372.)

References in Text

The Public Health Service Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682, as amended. Part B of title XXVI of the Act is classified generally to this part. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 201 of this title and Tables.

Codification

Section was enacted as part of the Ryan White CARE Act Amendments of 1996, and not as part of the Public Health Service Act which comprises this chapter.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–28. Distribution of funds

(a) Amount of grant to State

(1) Minimum allotment

Subject to the extent of amounts made available under section 300ff–31b of this title, the amount of a grant to be made under section 300ff–21 of this title for—

(A) each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Guam, and the Virgin Islands (referred to in this paragraph as a “covered State”) for a fiscal year shall be the greater of—

(i)(I) with respect to a covered State that has less than 90 living cases of AIDS, as determined under paragraph (2)(D), $200,000; or

(II) with respect to a covered State that has 90 or more living cases of AIDS, as determined under paragraph (2)(D), $500,000; and

(ii) an amount determined under paragraph (2) and then, as applicable, increased under paragraph (2)(H); and


(B) each territory other than Guam and the Virgin Islands shall be the greater of $50,000 or an amount determined under paragraph (2).

(2) Determination

(A) Formula

For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount referred to in this paragraph for a State (including a territory) for a fiscal year is, subject to subparagraphs (E) and (F)—

(i) an amount equal to the amount made available under section 300ff–31b of this title for the fiscal year involved for grants pursuant to paragraph (1), subject to subparagraph (F); and

(ii) the percentage constituted by the sum of—

(I) the product of 0.75 and the ratio of the State distribution factor for the State or territory (as determined under subsection (B)) to the sum of the respective State distribution factors for all States or territories;

(II) the product of .20 and the ratio of the non-EMA distribution factor for the State or territory (as determined under subparagraph (C)) to the sum of the respective non-EMA distribution factors for all States or territories; and

(III) if the State does not for such fiscal year contain any area that is an eligible area under subpart I of part A or any area that is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title (referred to in this subclause as a “no-EMA State”), the product of 0.05 and the ratio of the number of cases that applies for the State under subparagraph (D) to the sum of the respective numbers of cases that so apply for all no-EMA States.

(B) State distribution factor

For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii)(I), the term “State distribution factor” means an amount equal to the number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in the State involved, as determined under subparagraph (D).

(C) Non-EMA distribution factor

For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii)(II), the term “non-ema 1 distribution factor” means an amount equal to the sum of—

(i) the number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in the State involved, as determined under subparagraph (D); less

(ii) a number equal to the sum of—

(I) the total number of living cases of HIV/AIDS that are within areas in such State that are eligible areas under subpart I of part A for the fiscal year involved, which individual number for an area is the number that applies under section 300ff–11 of this title for the area for such fiscal year; and

(II) the total number of such cases that are within areas in such State that are transitional areas under section 300ff–19 of this title for such fiscal year, which individual number for an area is the number that applies under such section for the fiscal year.

(D) Living cases of HIV/AIDS

(i) Requirement of names-based reporting

Except as provided in clause (ii), the number determined under this subparagraph for a State for a fiscal year for purposes of subparagraph (B) is the number of living names-based cases of HIV/AIDS in the State that, as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available, have been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

(ii) Transition period; exemption regarding non-AIDS cases

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2012, a State is, subject to clauses (iii) through (v), exempt from the requirement under clause (i) that living non-AIDS names-based cases of HIV be reported unless—

(I) a system was in operation as of December 31, 2005, that provides sufficiently accurate and reliable names-based reporting of such cases throughout the State, subject to clause (vii); or

(II) no later than the beginning of fiscal year 2008 or a subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2012, the Secretary, after consultation with the chief executive of the State, determines that a system has become operational in the State that provides sufficiently accurate and reliable names-based reporting of such cases throughout the State.

(iii) Requirements for exemption for fiscal year 2007

For fiscal year 2007, an exemption under clause (ii) for a State applies only if, by October 1, 2006—

(I)(aa) the State had submitted to the Secretary a plan for making the transition to sufficiently accurate and reliable names-based reporting of living non-AIDS cases of HIV; or

(bb) all statutory changes necessary to provide for sufficiently accurate and reliable reporting of such cases had been made; and

(II) the State had agreed that, by April 1, 2008, the State will begin accurate and reliable names-based reporting of such cases, except that such agreement is not required to provide that, as of such date, the system for such reporting be fully sufficient with respect to accuracy and reliability throughout the area.

(iv) Requirement for exemption as of fiscal year 2008

For each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2012, an exemption under clause (ii) for a State applies only if, as of April 1, 2008, the State is substantially in compliance with the agreement under clause (iii)(II).

(v) Progress toward names-based reporting

For fiscal year 2009 or a subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary may terminate an exemption under clause (ii) for a State if the State submitted a plan under clause (iii)(I)(aa) and the Secretary determines that the State is not substantially following the plan.

(vi) Counting of cases in areas with exemptions

(I) In general

With respect to a State that is under a reporting system for living non-AIDS cases of HIV that is not names-based (referred to in this subparagraph as “code-based reporting”), the Secretary shall, for purposes of this subparagraph, modify the number of such cases reported for the State in order to adjust for duplicative reporting in and among systems that use code-based reporting.

(II) Adjustment rate

The adjustment rate under subclause (I) for a State shall be a reduction of 5 percent for fiscal years before fiscal year 2012 (and 6 percent for fiscal year 2012) in the number of living non-AIDS cases of HIV reported for the State.

(III) Increased adjustment for certain States previously using code-based reporting

For purposes of this subparagraph for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2012, the Secretary shall deem the applicable number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in a State that were reported to and confirmed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to be 3 percent higher than the actual number if—

(aa) there is an area in such State that satisfies all of the conditions described in items (aa) through (cc) of section 300ff–13(a)(3)(C)(vi)(III) of this title; or

(bb)(AA) fiscal year 2007 was the first year in which the count of living non-AIDS cases of HIV in such area, for purposes of this part, was based on a names-based reporting system; and

(BB) the amount of funding that such State received under this part for fiscal year 2007 was less than 70 percent of the amount of funding that such State received under such part for fiscal year 2006.

(vii) List of States meeting standard regarding December 31, 2005

(I) In general

If a State is specified in subclause (II), the State shall be considered to meet the standard described in clause (ii)(I). No other State may be considered to meet such standard.

(II) Relevant States

For purposes of subclause (I), the States specified in this subclause are the following: Alaska, Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Indiana, Iowa, Idaho, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Mississippi, North Carolina, North Dakota, Nebraska, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Wisconsin, West Virginia, Wyoming, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.

(viii) Rules of construction regarding acceptance of reports

(I) Cases of AIDS

With respect to a State that is subject to the requirement under clause (i) and is not in compliance with the requirement for names-based reporting of living non-AIDS cases of HIV, the Secretary shall, notwithstanding such noncompliance, accept reports of living cases of AIDS that are in accordance with such clause.

(II) Applicability of exemption requirements

The provisions of clauses (ii) through (vii) may not be construed as having any legal effect for fiscal year 2013 or any subsequent fiscal year, and accordingly, the status of a State for purposes of such clauses may not be considered after fiscal year 2012.

(ix) Program for detecting inaccurate or fraudulent counting

The Secretary shall carry out a program to monitor the reporting of names-based cases for purposes of this subparagraph and to detect instances of inaccurate reporting, including fraudulent reporting.

(x) Future fiscal years

For fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2013, determinations under this paragraph shall be based only on living names-based cases of HIV/AIDS with respect to the State involved.

(E) Code-based States; limitation on increase in grant

(i) In general

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2012, if code-based reporting (within the meaning of subparagraph (D)(vi)) applies in a State as of the beginning of the fiscal year involved, then notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the amount of the grant pursuant to paragraph (1) for the State may not for the fiscal year involved exceed by more than 5 percent the amount of the grant pursuant to this paragraph for the State for the preceding fiscal year, except that the limitation under this clause may not result in a grant pursuant to paragraph (1) for a fiscal year that is less than the minimum amount that applies to the State under such paragraph for such fiscal year.

(ii) Use of amounts involved

For each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2012, amounts available as a result of the limitation under clause (i) shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title, subject to subparagraph (H).

(F) Appropriations for treatment drug program

(i) Formula grants

With respect to the fiscal year involved, if under section 300ff–31b of this title an appropriations Act provides an amount exclusively for carrying out section 300ff–26 of this title, the portion of such amount allocated to a State shall be the product of—

(I) 100 percent of such amount, less the percentage reserved under clause (ii)(V); and

(II) the percentage constituted by the ratio of the State distribution factor for the State (as determined under subparagraph (B)) to the sum of the State distribution factors for all States;


 which product shall then, as applicable, be increased under subparagraph (H).

(ii) Supplemental treatment drug grants

(I) In general

From amounts made available under subclause (V), the Secretary shall award supplemental grants to States described in subclause (II) to enable such States to purchase and distribute to eligible individuals under section 300ff–26(b) of this title pharmaceutical therapeutics described under subsections (c)(2) and (e) of such section.

(II) Eligible States

For purposes of subclause (I), a State shall be an eligible State if the State did not have unobligated funds subject to reallocation under subsection (d) in the previous fiscal year and, in accordance with criteria established by the Secretary, demonstrates a severe need for a grant under this clause. For purposes of determining severe need, the Secretary shall consider eligibility standards, formulary composition, the number of eligible individuals to whom a State is unable to provide therapeutics described in section 300ff–26(a) of this title, and an unanticipated increase of eligible individuals with HIV/AIDS.

(III) State requirements

The Secretary may not make a grant to a State under this clause unless the State agrees that the State will make available (directly or through donations of public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward the activities to be carried out under the grant in an amount equal to $1 for each $4 of Federal funds provided in the grant, except that the Secretary may waive this subclause if the State has otherwise fully complied with section 300ff–27(d) of this title with respect to the grant year involved. The provisions of this subclause shall apply to States that are not required to comply with such section 300ff–27(d) of this title.

(IV) Use and coordination

Amounts made available under a grant under this clause shall only be used by the State to provide HIV/AIDS-related medications. The State shall coordinate the use of such amounts with the amounts otherwise provided under section 300ff–26(a) of this title in order to maximize drug coverage.

(V) Funding

For the purpose of making grants under this clause, the Secretary shall each fiscal year reserve 5 percent of the amount referred to in clause (i) with respect to section 300ff–26 of this title.

(iii) Code-based States; limitation on increase in formula grant

The limitation under subparagraph (E)(i) applies to grants pursuant to clause (i) of this subparagraph to the same extent and in the same manner as such limitation applies to grants pursuant to paragraph (1), except that the reference to minimum grants does not apply for purposes of this clause. Amounts available as a result of the limitation under the preceding sentence shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants under clause (ii) of this subparagraph.

(G) Repealed. Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §203(b)(2), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2792

(H) Increase in formula grants

(i) Assurance of amount

(I) General rule

For fiscal year 2010, the Secretary shall ensure, subject to clauses (ii) through (iv), that the total for a State of the grant pursuant to paragraph (1) and the grant pursuant to subparagraph (F) is not less than 95 percent of such total for the State for fiscal year 2009.

(II) Rule of construction

With respect to the application of subclause (I), the 95 percent requirement under such subclause shall apply with respect to each grant awarded under paragraph (1) and with respect to each grant awarded under subparagraph (F).

(ii) Fiscal years 2011 and 2012

For each of the fiscal years 2011 and 2012, the Secretary shall ensure that the total for a State of the grant pursuant to paragraph (1) and the grant pursuant to subparagraph (F) is not less than 100 percent of such total for the State for fiscal year 2010.

(iii) Fiscal year 2013

For fiscal year 2013, the Secretary shall ensure that the total for a State of the grant pursuant to paragraph (1) and the grant pursuant to subparagraph (F) is not less than 92.5 percent of such total for the State for fiscal year 2012.

(iv) Source of funds for increase

(I) In general

From the amount reserved under section 300ff–31b(b)(2) of this title for a fiscal year, and from amounts available for such section pursuant to subsection (d) of this section, the Secretary shall make available such amounts as may be necessary to comply with clause (i).

(II) Pro rata reduction

If the amounts referred to in subclause (I) for a fiscal year are insufficient to fully comply with clause (i) for the year, the Secretary, in order to provide the additional funds necessary for such compliance, shall reduce on a pro rata basis the amount of each grant pursuant to paragraph (1) for the fiscal year, other than grants for States for which increases under clause (i) apply and other than States described in paragraph (1)(A)(i)(I). A reduction under the preceding sentence may not be made in an amount that would result in the State involved becoming eligible for such an increase.

(v) Applicability

This paragraph may not be construed as having any applicability after fiscal year 2013.

(b) Allocation of assistance by States

(1) Allowances

Prior to allocating assistance under this subsection, a State shall consider the unmet needs of those areas that have not received financial assistance under part A of this subchapter.

(2) Planning and evaluations

Subject to paragraph (4) and except as provided in paragraph (5), a State may not use more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title for planning and evaluation activities.

(3) Administration

(A) In general

Subject to paragraph (4), and except as provided in paragraph (5), a State may not use more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title for administration.

(B) Allocations

In the case of entities and subcontractors to which a State allocates amounts received by the State under a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title, the State shall ensure that, of the aggregate amount so allocated, the total of the expenditures by such entities for administrative expenses does not exceed 10 percent (without regard to whether particular entities expend more than 10 percent for such expenses).

(C) Administrative activities

For the purposes of subparagraph (A), amounts may be used for administrative activities that include routine grant administration and monitoring activities, including a clinical quality management program under subparagraph (E).

(D) Subcontractor administrative costs

For the purposes of this paragraph, subcontractor administrative activities include—

(i) usual and recognized overhead, including established indirect rates for agencies;

(ii) management oversight of specific programs funded under this subchapter; and

(iii) other types of program support such as quality assurance, quality control, and related activities.

(E) Clinical quality management

(i) Requirement

Each State that receives a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title shall provide for the establishment of a clinical quality management program to assess the extent to which HIV health services provided to patients under the grant are consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV/AIDS and related opportunistic infection, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with the guidelines for improvement in the access to and quality of HIV health services.

(ii) Use of funds

(I) In general

From amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title for a fiscal year, a State may use for activities associated with the clinical quality management program required in clause (i) not to exceed the lesser of—

(aa) 5 percent of amounts received under the grant; or

(bb) $3,000,000.

(II) Relation to limitation on administrative expenses

The costs of a clinical quality management program under clause (i) may not be considered administrative expenses for purposes of the limitation established in subparagraph (A).

(4) Limitation on use of funds

Except as provided in paragraph (5), a State may not use more than a total of 15 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title for the purposes described in paragraphs (2) and (3).

(5) Exception

With respect to a State that receives the minimum allotment under subsection (a)(1) of this section for a fiscal year, such State, from the amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title for such fiscal year for the activities described in paragraphs (2) and (3), may, notwithstanding paragraphs (2) through (4), use not more than that amount required to support one full-time-equivalent employee.

(6) Construction

A State may not use amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to purchase or improve land, or to purchase, construct, or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling) any building or other facility, or to make cash payments to intended recipients of services.

(c) Expedited distribution

(1) In general

Not less than 75 percent of the amounts received under a grant awarded to a State under section 300ff–21 of this title shall be obligated to specific programs and projects and made available for expenditure not later than—

(A) in the case of the first fiscal year for which amounts are received, 150 days after the receipt of such amounts by the State; and

(B) in the case of succeeding fiscal years, 120 days after the receipt of such amounts by the State.

(2) Public comment

Within the time periods referred to in paragraph (1), the State shall invite and receive public comment concerning methods for the utilization of such amounts.

(d) Reallocation

Any portion of a grant made to a State under section 300ff–21 of this title for a fiscal year that has not been obligated as described in subsection (c) ceases to be available to the State and shall be made available by the Secretary for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title, in addition to amounts made available for such grants under section 300ff–31b(b)(2) of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2618, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 595; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(30), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(c)(5), (g)(2), 5, 6(c)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1355, 1363, 1365, 1368; Pub. L. 105–392, title IV, §417, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3591; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §206, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1334; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§203, 204(a), title VII, §§702(1), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2789, 2796, 2819, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 3(b), 5(b), (c)(1), 7(b), 10(b), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2888, 2890, 2891, 2893, 2895.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(c)(1), substituted “subparagraph (F)” for “subparagraph (G)”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(A)(i), substituted “2012” for “2009” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(A)(ii), substituted “or a subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2012” for “or 2009”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(iv). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(B), substituted “2012” for “2010”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(v). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(C), inserted “or a subsequent fiscal year” after “2009”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(vi)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(D), inserted “for fiscal years before fiscal year 2012 (and 6 percent for fiscal year 2012)” after “5 percent”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(vi)(III). Pub. L. 111–87, §7(b), added subcl. (III).

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(viii)(II). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(E), substituted “2013” for “2010” and “2012” for “2009”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(x). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(1)(F), added cl. (x).

Subsec. (a)(2)(E)(i), (ii). Pub. L. 111–87, §3(b)(2), substituted “2012” for “2009”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(F)(ii)(V). Pub. L. 111–87, §10(b), struck out “, subject to subclause (VI)” before period.

Subsec. (a)(2)(H)(i). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(b)(1), (c)(1), substituted “2010” for “2007” and “2009” for “2006” and substituted “subparagraph (F)” for “subparagraph (G)” in two places.

Subsec. (a)(2)(H)(ii). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(b)(3), (c)(1), in heading, substituted “2011 and 2012” for “2008 and 2009” and, in text, substituted “2011 and 2012” for “2008 and 2009”, “subparagraph (F)” for “subparagraph (G)”, and “2010” for “2007”.

Pub. L. 111–87, §5(b)(2), redesignated cl. (iii) as (ii) and struck out former cl. (ii). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For purposes of clause (i) as applied for fiscal year 2007, the references in such clause to subparagraph (G) are deemed to be references to subparagraph (I) as such subparagraph was in effect for fiscal year 2006.”

Subsec. (a)(2)(H)(iii). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(b)(4), added cl. (iii). Former cl. (iii) redesignated (ii).

Subsec. (a)(2)(H)(v). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(b)(5), substituted “2013” for “2009”.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part” in introductory provisions.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(1), substituted “section 300ff–31b of this title” for “section 300ff–77 of this title” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(2)(A), substituted “each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Guam, and the Virgin Islands (referred to in this paragraph as a ‘covered State’)” for “each of the several States and the District of Columbia” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i)(I). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(1), substituted “AIDS” for “acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(2)(B)(i), substituted “covered State” for “State or District”.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i)(II). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(1), substituted “AIDS” for “acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(2)(B)(ii), substituted “covered State” for “State or District” and inserted “and” at end.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(3), substituted “each territory other than Guam and the Virgin Islands” for “each territory of the United States, as defined in paragraph (3),”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(1)(A), in introductory provisions substituted “For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount referred to in this paragraph for a State (including a territory) for a fiscal year is, subject to subparagraphs (E) and (F)” for “The amount referred to in paragraph (1)(A)(ii) for a State and paragraph (1)(B) for a territory of the United States shall be the product of”, added cl. (i), and struck out former cl. (i) which read as follows:

“(i) an amount equal to the amount appropriated under section 300ff–77 of this title for the fiscal year involved for grants under this part, subject to subparagraphs (H) and (I); and”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(ii)(I). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(1)(B)(i), substituted “0.75” for “.80” and struck out “and” at end.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(1)(B)(ii), inserted “non-EMA” after “respective” and substituted “; and” for period at end.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(ii)(III). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(1)(B)(iii), added subcl. (III).

Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(a)(1)(A), substituted “number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in the State involved” for “estimated number of living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome in the eligible area involved”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(4), struck out “or territory” after “State”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(a)(2)(A), substituted “number of living cases of HIV/AIDS” for “estimated number of living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(a)(2)(B), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: “the estimated number of living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome in such State or territory that are within an eligible area (as determined under part A of this subchapter).”

Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(a)(1)(B), amended subpar. (D) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (D) related to estimating the number of living cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome in a State or territory.

Subsec. (a)(2)(E). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(3), added subpar (E).

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(2), struck out heading and text of subpar. (E). Text read as follows: “If under section 300ff–13(a)(3)(D)(i) of this title the Secretary determines that data on cases of HIV disease are not sufficiently accurate and reliable, then notwithstanding subparagraph (D) of this paragraph, for any fiscal year prior to fiscal year 2007 the references in such subparagraph to cases of HIV disease do not have any legal effect.”

Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(4), redesignated subpar. (I) as (F).

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(2), struck out heading and text of subpar. (F). Text read as follows: “For purposes of subparagraph (D), the cost index for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam shall be 1.0.”

Subsec. (a)(2)(F)(i). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(c)(1), which directed amendment of subsec. (a)(2)(G)(i) by substituting “section 300ff–31b of this title” for “section 300ff–77 of this title” in introductory provisions, substituting a semicolon for a period at end of subcl. (II), and adding concluding provisions, was executed by making the amendment to subsec. (a)(2)(F)(i), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(2)(F)(ii). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(c)(2), which directed amendment of subsec. (a)(2)(G)(ii) by adding subcls. (I) to (III), striking out former subcls. (I) to (III), substituting “5 percent” for “3 percent” in subcl. (V), striking out subcl. (VI), and realigning margins, was executed by making the amendments to subsec. (a)(2)(F)(ii), to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, subcls. (I) to (III) and (VI) related to supplemental grants to States to increase access to therapeutics described in section 300ff–26(a), eligibility for grants, requirements for grants, and reservation of amounts, respectively.

Subsec. (a)(2)(F)(iii). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(c)(3), which directed amendment of subsec. (a)(2)(G) by adding cl. (iii), was executed by making the amendment to subsec. (a)(2)(F), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (a)(2)(G). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(2), struck out heading and text of subpar. (G). Text read as follows: “The Secretary may, in determining the amount of a grant for a fiscal year under this subsection, adjust the grant amount to reflect the amount of unexpended and uncanceled grant funds remaining at the end of the fiscal year preceding the year for which the grant determination is to be made. The amount of any such unexpended funds shall be determined using the financial status report of the grantee.”

Subsec. (a)(2)(H). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(d), added subpar. (H).

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(2), struck out subpar. (H) which related to amount of grants in fiscal years 2001 to 2005.

Subsec. (a)(2)(I). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(b)(4), redesignated subpar. (I) as (F).

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(g)(5), struck out par. (3), which defined “State” and “territory of the United States” as used in subsec. (a).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (2) as (1).

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(2), substituted “paragraph (4)” for “paragraph (5)” and “paragraph (5)” for “paragraph (6)”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (3) as (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (1).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(3), added subpars. (B) and (E), redesignated former subpars. (B) and (C) as (C) and (D), respectively, inserted “, including a clinical quality management program under subparagraph (E)” before period at end of subpar. (C), and, in subpar. (A), reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) text read as follows: “Subject to paragraph (5) and except as provided in paragraph (6), a State may not use more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this part for administration. In the case of entities and subcontractors to which the State allocates amounts received by the State under the grant (including consortia under section 300ff–23 of this title), the State shall ensure that, of the aggregate amount so allocated, the total of the expenditures by such entities for administrative expenses does not exceed 10 percent (without regard to whether particular entities expend more than 10 percent for such expenses).”

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (4) as (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (2).

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(4), substituted “paragraph (5)” for “paragraph (6)” and “paragraphs (2) and (3)” for “paragraphs (3) and (4)”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (5) as (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (3).

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(5), substituted “paragraphs (2) and (3), may, notwithstanding paragraphs (2) through (4),” for “paragraphs (3) and (4), may, notwithstanding paragraphs (3), (4), and (5),”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (6) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (4).

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (7) as (6). Former par. (6) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(e)(1), redesignated par. (7) as (6).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 109–415, §203(f), reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Any amounts appropriated in any fiscal year and made available to a State under this part that have not been obligated as described in subsection (d) of this section shall be repaid to the Secretary and reallotted to other States in proportion to the original grants made to such States.”

2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(a)(1), redesignated subsec. (b) as (a).

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(a)(2), substituted “$200,000” for “$100,000” in subcl. (I) and “$500,000” for “$250,000” in subcl. (II).

Subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(c)(1), inserted “and then, as applicable, increased under paragraph (2)(H)” before semicolon.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(d), inserted “the greater of $50,000 or” after “shall be”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(c)(2)(A), substituted “subparagraphs (H) and (I)” for “subparagraph (H)”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(D)(i). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(b)(1), inserted before semicolon “, except that (subject to subparagraph (E)), for grants made pursuant to this paragraph or section 300ff–30 of this title for fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years, the cases counted for each 12-month period beginning on or after July 1, 2004, shall be cases of HIV disease (as reported to and confirmed by such Director) rather than cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(E) to (G). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(b)(2), (3), added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpars. (E) and (F) as (F) and (G), respectively. Former subpar. (G) redesignated (H).

Subsec. (a)(2)(H). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(c)(2)(B), amended heading and text of subpar. (H) generally. Prior to amendment, text related to limitations on the amount of a grant awarded for fiscal years 1996 to 2000 to a State or territory under this part in relation to the amount received by the State or territory for fiscal year 1995.

Pub. L. 106–345, §206(b)(2), redesignated subpar. (G) as (H). Former subpar. (H) redesignated (I).

Subsec. (a)(2)(I). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(e), reenacted heading without change, designated existing provisions as cl. (i), inserted cl. (i) heading, redesignated former cls. (i) and (ii) as subcls. (I) and (II), respectively, in subcl. (I) inserted “, less the percentage reserved under clause (ii)(V)” before semicolon, and added cl. (ii).

Pub. L. 106–345, §206(b)(2), redesignated subpar. (H) as (I).

Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(f), substituted “the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and the Republic of Palau, and only for purposes of paragraph (1) the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico” for “and the Republic of the Marshall Islands”.

Subsecs. (b) to (e). Pub. L. 106–345, §206(a)(1), redesignated subsecs. (c) to (e) as (b) to (d), respectively.

1998—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 105–392, §417(1), substituted “, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam” for “and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico”.

Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 105–392, §417(2), struck out “the Virgin Islands, Guam” after “means”.

1996—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(g)(2), struck out subsec. (a) which related to special projects of national significance.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §6(c)(3)(A), which directed amendment of subsec. (a)(1) by substituting “section 300ff–77” for “section 300ff–30”, could not be executed because of the repeal of subsec. (a) by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(g)(2). See above.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §6(c)(3)(B), which directed amendment of subsec. (b)(1) by substituting “section 300ff–77 of this title” for “section 300ff–30 of this title”, could not be executed because the words “section 300ff–30 of this title” did not appear subsequent to the general amendment of subsec. (b)(1) by Pub. L. 104–146, §5. See below.

Pub. L. 104–146, §5, amended heading and text of par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Subject to the extent of amounts made available under section 300ff–30 of this title, the amount of a grant to be made under this part for—

“(A) each of the several States and the District of Columbia for a fiscal year shall be the greater of—

“(i) $100,000, and

“(ii) an amount determined under paragraph (2); and

“(B) each territory of the United States, as defined in paragraph 3, shall be an amount determined under paragraph (2).”

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 104–146, §5, amended par. (2) generally, substituting subpars. (A) to (H) for former subpars. (A) and (B) relating to determination of amount of allotments.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(5)(A), struck out heading and text of par. (1). Text read as follows: “In a State that has reported 1 percent or more of all AIDS cases reported to and confirmed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in all States, not less than 50 percent of the amount received by the State under a grant awarded under this part shall be utilized for the creation and operation of community-based comprehensive care consortia under section 300ff–23 of this title, in those areas within the State in which the largest number of individuals with HIV disease reside.”

Subsec. (c)(3), (4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(5)(B), amended pars. (3) and (4) generally. Prior to amendment, pars. (3) and (4) read as follows:

“(3) Planning and evaluations.—A State may not use in excess of 5 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this part for planning and evaluation activities.

“(4) Administration.—A State may not use in excess of 5 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this part for administration, accounting, reporting, and program oversight functions.”

Subsec. (c)(5) to (7). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(5)(C), (D), added pars. (5) and (6) and redesignated former par. (5) as (7).

1992—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted “Centers for Disease Control and Prevention” for “Centers for Disease Control”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 3(b), 5(b), (c)(1), 7(b), and 10(b) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by sections 3(c)(5), (g)(2) and 6(c)(3)(A) of Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, and amendment by sections 5 and 6(c)(3)(B) of Pub. L. 104–146 effective May 20, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be “ ‘non-EMA”.

§300ff–29. Technical assistance

The Secretary shall provide technical assistance in administering and coordinating the activities authorized under section 300ff–22 of this title, including technical assistance for the development and implementation of statewide coordinated statements of need.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2619, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 597; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(6), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1356; Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

1996—Pub. L. 104–146 substituted “shall” for “may” and inserted “, including technical assistance for the development and implementation of statewide coordinated statements of need” before period at end.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, and amendment by section 6(c)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 104–146 effective May 20, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–29a. Supplemental grants

(a) In general

For the purpose of providing services described in section 300ff–22(a) of this title, the Secretary shall make grants to States—

(1) whose applications under section 300ff–27 of this title have demonstrated the need in the State, on an objective and quantified basis, for supplemental financial assistance to provide such services; and

(2) that did not, for the most recent grant year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title for which data is available, have more than 5 percent of grant funds under such sections canceled, offset under section 300ff–31a(e) of this title, or covered by any waivers under section 300ff–31a(c) of this title.

(b) Demonstrated need

The factors considered by the Secretary in determining whether an eligible area has a demonstrated need for purposes of subsection (a)(1) may include any or all of the following:

(1) The unmet need for such services, as determined under section 300ff–27(b) of this title.

(2) An increasing need for HIV/AIDS-related services, including relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV/AIDS.

(3) The relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV/AIDS within new or emerging subpopulations.

(4) The current prevalence of HIV/AIDS.

(5) Relevant factors related to the cost and complexity of delivering health care to individuals with HIV/AIDS in the eligible area.

(6) The impact of co-morbid factors, including co-occurring conditions, determined relevant by the Secretary.

(7) The prevalence of homelessness.

(8) The prevalence of individuals described under section 300ff–12(b)(2)(M) of this title.

(9) The relevant factors that limit access to health care, including geographic variation, adequacy of health insurance coverage, and language barriers.

(10) The impact of a decline in the amount received pursuant to section 300ff–28 of this title on services available to all individuals with HIV/AIDS identified and eligible under this subchapter.

(c) Priority in making grants

The Secretary shall provide funds under this section to a State to address the decline in services related to the decline in the amounts received pursuant to section 300ff–28 of this title consistent with the grant award to the State for fiscal year 2006, to the extent that the factor under subsection (b)(10) (relating to a decline in funding) applies to the State.

(d) Report on the awarding of supplemental funds

Not later than 45 days after the awarding of supplemental funds under this section, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report concerning such funds. Such report shall include information detailing—

(1) the total amount of supplemental funds available under this section for the year involved;

(2) the amount of supplemental funds used in accordance with the hold harmless provisions of section 300ff–28(a)(2) of this title;

(3) the amount of supplemental funds disbursed pursuant to subsection (c);

(4) the disbursement of the remainder of the supplemental funds after taking into account the uses described in paragraphs (2) and (3); and

(5) the rationale used for the amount of funds disbursed as described under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4).

(e) Core medical services

The provisions of section 300ff–22(b) of this title apply with respect to a grant under this section to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to a grant made pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title.

(f) Applicability of grant authority

The authority to make grants under this section applies beginning with the first fiscal year for which amounts are made available for such grants under section 300ff–31b(b)(1) of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2620, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §205(2), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2797, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 5(c)(2), 8(a)(2), (b)(2)(D), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2891, 2893, 2894.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2620 of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 2621 and is classified to section 300ff–30 of this title.

Another prior section 2620 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 300ff–30 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–146.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 111–87, §§5(c)(2), 8(a)(2), (b)(2)(D), substituted “300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i)” for “300ff–28(a)(2)(G)(i)”, “5 percent” for “2 percent”, and “canceled, offset under section 300ff–31a(e) of this title,” for “canceled”.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 5(c)(2) and 8(a)(2), (b)(2)(D) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–30. Emerging communities

(a) In general

The Secretary shall award supplemental grants to States determined to be eligible under subsection (b) of this section to enable such States to provide comprehensive services of the type described in section 300ff–22(a) of this title to supplement the services otherwise provided by the State under a grant under this subpart in emerging communities within the State that are not eligible to receive grants under part A of this subchapter.

(b) Eligibility

To be eligible to receive a supplemental grant under subsection (a) of this section, a State shall—

(1) be eligible to receive a grant under this subpart;

(2) demonstrate the existence in the State of an emerging community as defined in subsection (d)(1) of this section;

(3) agree that the grant will be used to provide funds directly to emerging communities in the State, separately from other funds under this subchapter that are provided by the State to such communities; and

(4) submit the information described in subsection (c) of this section.

(c) Reporting requirements

A State that desires a grant under this section shall, as part of the State application submitted under section 300ff–27 of this title, submit a detailed description of the manner in which the State will use amounts received under the grant and of the severity of need. Such description shall include—

(1) a report concerning the dissemination of supplemental funds under this section and the plan for the utilization of such funds in the emerging community;

(2) a demonstration of the existing commitment of local resources, both financial and in-kind;

(3) a demonstration that the State will maintain HIV-related activities at a level that is equal to not less than the level of such activities in the State for the 1-year period preceding the fiscal year for which the State is applying to receive a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title;

(4) a demonstration of the ability of the State to utilize such supplemental financial resources in a manner that is immediately responsive and cost effective;

(5) a demonstration that the resources will be allocated in accordance with the local demographic incidence of AIDS including appropriate allocations for services for infants, children, women, and families with HIV/AIDS;

(6) a demonstration of the inclusiveness of the planning process, with particular emphasis on affected communities and individuals with HIV/AIDS; and

(7) a demonstration of the manner in which the proposed services are consistent with local needs assessments and the statewide coordinated statement of need.

(d) Definitions of emerging community

For purposes of this section, the term “emerging community” means a metropolitan area (as defined in section 300ff–17 of this title) for which there has been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of at least 500, but fewer than 1,000, cases of AIDS during the most recent period of 5 calendar years for which such data are available.

(e) Continued status as emerging community

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a metropolitan area that is an emerging community for a fiscal year continues to be an emerging community until the metropolitan area fails, for three consecutive fiscal years—

(1) to meet the requirements of subsection (d); and

(2) to have a cumulative total of 750 or more living cases of AIDS (reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available.

(f) Distribution

The amount of a grant under subsection (a) for a State for a fiscal year shall be an amount equal to the product of—

(1) the amount available under section 300ff–31b(b)(1) of this title for the fiscal year; and

(2) a percentage equal to the ratio constituted by the number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in emerging communities in the State to the sum of the respective numbers of such cases in such communities for all States.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2621, formerly §2620, as added Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §207(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1337; renumbered §2621 and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §§204(a), 205(1), 206, title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2796, 2797, 2799, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–30, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2620, as added Aug. 18, 1990, Pub. L. 101–381, title II, §201, 104 Stat. 597, authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1991 through 1995, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–146, §§6(b), 13, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1367, 1374, effective Oct. 1, 1996.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §206(1), substituted “Emerging communities” for “Supplemental grants” in section catchline.

Subsec. (b)(3), (4). Pub. L. 109–415, §206(2), added par. (3) and redesignated former par. (3) as (4).

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §204(a), substituted “section 300ff–21 of this title” for “this part”.

Subsec. (c)(5), (6). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 109–415, §206(3), added subsecs. (d) to (f) and struck out former subsecs. (d) and (e) defining “emerging community” and relating to funding, respectively.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–31. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §207(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1337

Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2621, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §3(c)(7), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1356, related to coordination of planning and implementation of Federal HIV programs to facilitate the local development of a complete continuum of HIV-related services for individuals with HIV disease and those at risk of such disease and required a biennial report to Congress on coordination efforts.

§300ff–31a. Timeframe for obligation and expenditure of grant funds

(a) Obligation by end of grant year

Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, funds from a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) of this title, or under section 300ff–29a or 300ff–30 of this title, are available for obligation by the State through the end of the one-year period beginning on the date in such fiscal year on which funds from the award first become available to the State (referred to in this section as the “grant year for the award”), except as provided in subsection (c)(1).

(b) Supplemental grants; cancellation of unobligated balance of grant award

Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(ii) of this title, or under section 300ff–29a or 300ff–30 of this title, has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award—

(1) the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State; and

(2) the funds involved shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that the balance is required under paragraph (1) to be canceled, except that the availability of the funds for such grants is subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title as applied for such year.

(c) Formula grants; cancellation of unobligated balance of grant award; waiver permitting carryover

(1) In general

Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award, the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State, unless—

(A) before the end of the grant year, the State submits to the Secretary a written application for a waiver of the cancellation, which application includes a description of the purposes for which the State intends to expend the funds involved; and

(B) the Secretary approves the waiver.

(2) Expenditure by end of carryover year

With respect to a waiver under paragraph (1) that is approved for a balance that is unobligated as of the end of a grant year for an award:

(A) The unobligated funds are available for expenditure by the State involved for the one-year period beginning upon the expiration of the grant year (referred to in this section as the “carryover year”).

(B) If the funds are not expended by the end of the carryover year, the Secretary shall cancel that unexpended balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State.

(3) Use of cancelled balances

In the case of any balance of a grant award that is cancelled under paragraph (1) or (2)(B), the grant funds involved shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that the balance is required under such paragraph to be canceled, except that the availability of the funds for such grants is subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title as applied for such year.

(4) Corresponding reduction in future grant

(A) In general

In the case of a State for which a balance from a grant award made pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title is unobligated as of the end of the grant year for the award—

(i) the Secretary shall reduce, by the same amount as such unobligated balance (less any amount of such balance that is the subject of a waiver of cancellation under paragraph (1)), the amount of the grant under such section for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that such balance was unobligated as of the end of the grant year (which requirement for a reduction applies without regard to whether a waiver under paragraph (1) has been approved with respect to such balance); and

(ii) the grant funds involved in such reduction shall be made available by the Secretary as additional funds for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title for such first fiscal year, subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title;


except that this subparagraph does not apply to the State if the amount of the unobligated balance was 5 percent or less.

(B) Relation to increases in grant

A reduction under subparagraph (A) for a State for a fiscal year may not be taken into account in applying section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title with respect to the State for the subsequent fiscal year.

(d) Treatment of drug rebates

For purposes of this section, funds that are drug rebates referred to in section 300ff–26(g) of this title may not be considered part of any grant award referred to in subsection (a). If an expenditure of ADAP rebate funds would trigger a penalty under this section or a higher penalty than would otherwise have applied, the State may request that for purposes of this section, the Secretary deem the State's unobligated balance to be reduced by the amount of rebate funds in the proposed expenditure. Notwithstanding 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) 1 of this title, any unobligated amount under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(ii)(V) of this title that is returned to the Secretary for reallocation shall be used by the Secretary for—

(1) the ADAP supplemental program if the Secretary determines appropriate; or

(2) for additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title.

(e) Authority regarding administration of provisions

In administering subsections (b) and (c) with respect to the unobligated balance of a State, the Secretary may elect to reduce the amount of future grants to the State under section 300ff–28, 300ff–29a, or 300ff–30 of this title, as applicable, by the amount of any such unobligated balance in lieu of cancelling such amount as provided for in subsection (b) or (c)(1). In such case, the Secretary may permit the State to use such unobligated balance for purposes of any such future grant. An amount equal to such reduction shall be available for use as additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title, subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to affect the authority of the Secretary under subsections (b) and (c), including the authority to grant waivers under subsection (c)(1). The reduction in future grants authorized under this subsection shall be notwithstanding the penalty required under subsection (c)(4) with respect to unobligated funds.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2622, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §207, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2799, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 5(c)(2)–(4), 8(b)(1)(B), (2)(B), (c)(2), 10(a), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2891, 2894, 2895.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(c)(3), substituted “300ff–28(a)(2)(F)” for “300ff–28(a)(2)(G)”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(c)(4), substituted “300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(ii)” for “300ff–28(a)(2)(G)(ii)” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(c)(2), substituted “300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i)” for “300ff–28(a)(2)(G)(i)” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c)(4)(A). Pub. L. 111–87, §§5(c)(2), 8(b)(1)(B), substituted “300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i)” for “300ff–28(a)(2)(G)(i)” in introductory provisions and “5 percent” for “2 percent” in concluding provisions.

Subsec. (c)(4)(A)(i). Pub. L. 111–87, §8(c)(2), inserted “(less any amount of such balance that is the subject of a waiver of cancellation under paragraph (1))” after “unobligated balance”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–87, §10(a), inserted at end “If an expenditure of ADAP rebate funds would trigger a penalty under this section or a higher penalty than would otherwise have applied, the State may request that for purposes of this section, the Secretary deem the State's unobligated balance to be reduced by the amount of rebate funds in the proposed expenditure. Notwithstanding 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) of this title, any unobligated amount under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(ii)(V) of this title that is returned to the Secretary for reallocation shall be used by the Secretary for—

“(1) the ADAP supplemental program if the Secretary determines appropriate; or

“(2) for additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title.”

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 111–87, §8(b)(2)(B), added subsec. (e).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 5(c)(2)–(4), 8(b)(1)(B), (2)(B), (c)(2), and 10(a) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–1 of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “section”.

§300ff–31b. Authorization of appropriations

(a) In general

For the purpose of carrying out this subpart, there are authorized to be appropriated $1,195,500,000 for fiscal year 2007, $1,239,500,000 for fiscal year 2008, $1,285,200,000 for fiscal year 2009, $1,349,460,000 for fiscal year 2010, $1,416,933,000 for fiscal year 2011, $1,487,780,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $1,562,169,000 for fiscal year 2013. Amounts appropriated under the preceding sentence for a fiscal year are available for obligation by the Secretary until the end of the second succeeding fiscal year.

(b) Reservation of amounts

(1) Emerging communities

Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve $5,000,000 for grants under section 300ff–30 of this title.

(2) Supplemental grants

(A) In general

Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year in excess of the 2006 adjusted amount, the Secretary shall reserve 1/3 for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title, except that the availability of the reserved funds for such grants is subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title as applied for such year, and except that any amount appropriated exclusively for carrying out section 300ff–26 of this title (and, accordingly, distributed under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) of this title) is not subject to this subparagraph.

(B) 2006 adjusted amount

For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “2006 adjusted amount” means the amount appropriated for fiscal year 2006 under section 300ff–77(b) of this title (as such section was in effect for such fiscal year), excluding any amount appropriated for such year exclusively for carrying out section 300ff–26 of this title (and, accordingly, distributed under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(I) of this title, as so in effect).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2623, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §208, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2801, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), (c), 5(c)(3), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2891.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(c), substituted “$1,285,200,000 for fiscal year 2009, $1,349,460,000 for fiscal year 2010, $1,416,933,000 for fiscal year 2011, $1,487,780,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $1,562,169,000 for fiscal year 2013” for “and $1,285,200,000 for fiscal year 2009”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–87, §5(c)(3), substituted “300ff–28(a)(2)(F)” for “300ff–28(a)(2)(G)”.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 2(c) and 5(c)(3) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

subpart ii—provisions concerning pregnancy and perinatal transmission of hiv

§300ff–33. Early diagnosis grant program

(a) In general

In the case of States whose laws or regulations are in accordance with subsection (b), the Secretary, acting through the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall make grants to such States for the purposes described in subsection (c).

(b) Description of compliant States

For purposes of subsection (a), the laws or regulations of a State are in accordance with this subsection if, under such laws or regulations (including programs carried out pursuant to the discretion of State officials), both of the policies described in paragraph (1) are in effect, or both of the policies described in paragraph (2) are in effect, as follows:

(1)(A) Voluntary opt-out testing of pregnant women.

(B) Universal testing of newborns.

(2)(A) Voluntary opt-out testing of clients at sexually transmitted disease clinics.

(B) Voluntary opt-out testing of clients at substance abuse treatment centers.


The Secretary shall periodically ensure that the applicable policies are being carried out and recertify compliance.

(c) Use of funds

A State may use funds provided under subsection (a) for HIV/AIDS testing (including rapid testing), prevention counseling, treatment of newborns exposed to HIV/AIDS, treatment of mothers infected with HIV/AIDS, and costs associated with linking those diagnosed with HIV/AIDS to care and treatment for HIV/AIDS.

(d) Application

A State that is eligible for the grant under subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary, in such form, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.

(e) Limitation on amount of grant

A grant under subsection (a) to a State for a fiscal year may not be made in an amount exceeding $10,000,000.

(f) Rule of construction

Nothing in this section shall be construed to pre-empt State laws regarding HIV/AIDS counseling and testing.

(g) Definitions

In this section:

(1) The term “voluntary opt-out testing” means HIV/AIDS testing—

(A) that is administered to an individual seeking other health care services; and

(B) in which—

(i) pre-test counseling is not required but the individual is informed that the individual will receive an HIV/AIDS test and the individual may opt out of such testing; and

(ii) for those individuals with a positive test result, post-test counseling (including referrals for care) is provided and confidentiality is protected.


(2) The term “universal testing of newborns” means HIV/AIDS testing that is administered within 48 hours of delivery to—

(A) all infants born in the State; or

(B) all infants born in the State whose mother's HIV/AIDS status is unknown at the time of delivery.

(h) Authorization of appropriations

Of the funds appropriated annually to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for HIV/AIDS prevention activities, $30,000,000 shall be made available for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009 for grants under subsection (a), of which $20,000,000 shall be made available for grants to States with the policies described in subsection (b)(1), and $10,000,000 shall be made available for grants to States with the policies described in subsection (b)(2). Funds provided under this section are available until expended.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2625, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1369; amended Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §212(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339; Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §209, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2802, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §209, amended section catchline and text generally, substituting provisions relating to early diagnosis grant program for provisions requiring State certification of measures to adopt CDC guidelines for pregnant women not later than 120 days after May 20, 1996, and authorizing additional funds if such certification was provided.

2000—Subsec. (c)(1)(F). Pub. L. 106–345, §212(a)(1), added subpar. (F).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 106–345, §212(a)(2), amended heading and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For purposes of carrying out this subsection, there are authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000. Amounts made available under section 300ff–77 of this title for carrying out this part are not available for carrying out this section unless otherwise authorized.”

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §212(a)(3), added par. (4).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Perinatal Transmission of HIV Disease; Congressional Findings

Section 7(a) of Pub. L. 104–146 provided that: “The Congress finds as follows:

“(1) Research studies and statewide clinical experiences have demonstrated that administration of anti-retroviral medication during pregnancy can significantly reduce the transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus (commonly known as HIV) from an infected mother to her baby.

“(2) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention have recommended that all pregnant women receive HIV counseling; voluntary, confidential HIV testing; and appropriate medical treatment (including anti-retroviral therapy) and support services.

“(3) The provision of such testing without access to such counseling, treatment, and services will not improve the health of the woman or the child.

“(4) The provision of such counseling, testing, treatment, and services can reduce the number of pediatric cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome, can improve access to and provision of medical care for the woman, and can provide opportunities for counseling to reduce transmission among adults, and from mother to child.

“(5) The provision of such counseling, testing, treatment, and services can reduce the overall cost of pediatric cases of acquired immune deficiency syndrome.

“(6) The cancellation or limitation of health insurance or other health coverage on the basis of HIV status should be impermissible under applicable law. Such cancellation or limitation could result in disincentives for appropriate counseling, testing, treatment, and services.

“(7) For the reasons specified in paragraphs (1) through (6)—

“(A) routine HIV counseling and voluntary testing of pregnant women should become the standard of care; and

“(B) the relevant medical organizations as well as public health officials should issue guidelines making such counseling and testing the standard of care.”

§300ff–34. Perinatal transmission of HIV/AIDS; contingent requirement regarding State grants under this part

(a) Annual determination of reported cases

A State shall annually determine the rate of reported cases of AIDS as a result of perinatal transmission among residents of the State.

(b) Causes of perinatal transmission

In determining the rate under subsection (a) of this section, a State shall also determine the possible causes of perinatal transmission. Such causes may include—

(1) the inadequate provision within the State of prenatal counseling and testing in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;

(2) the inadequate provision or utilization within the State of appropriate therapy or failure of such therapy to reduce perinatal transmission of HIV, including—

(A) that therapy is not available, accessible or offered to mothers; or

(B) that available therapy is offered but not accepted by mothers; or


(3) other factors (which may include the lack of prenatal care) determined relevant by the State.

(c) CDC reporting system

Not later than 4 months after May 20, 1996, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall develop and implement a system to be used by States to comply with the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) of this section. The Director shall issue guidelines to ensure that the data collected is statistically valid.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2626, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1369; amended Pub. L. 104–166, §5(1), July 29, 1996, 110 Stat. 1449; Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §211(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339; Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” in section catchline.

2000—Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 106–345 struck out subsecs. (d) to (f), which related, respectively, to determination by Secretary, contingent applicability, and limitation regarding availability of funds.

1996—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–166, §5(1)(A), substituted “(1) through (4)” for “(1) through (5)”.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 104–166, §5(1)(B), substituted “(1) through (4)” for “(1) through (5)” in introductory provisions.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective May 20, 1996, see section 13(b) of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§§300ff–35, 300ff–36. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §211(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339

Section 300ff–35, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2627, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1371, related to testing of pregnant women and newborn infants for HIV disease.

Section 300ff–36, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2628, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1372, related to report to Congress by Institute of Medicine.

§300ff–37. State HIV testing programs established prior to or after May 20, 1996

Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to disqualify a State from receiving grants under this subchapter if such State has established at any time prior to or after May 20, 1996, a program of mandatory HIV testing.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2627, formerly §2629, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §7(b)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1372; renumbered §2627, Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §211(3), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1339; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2627 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 300ff–35 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106–345.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–37a. Recommendations for reducing incidence of perinatal transmission

(a) Study by Institute of Medicine

(1) In general

The Secretary shall request the Institute of Medicine to enter into an agreement with the Secretary under which such Institute conducts a study to provide the following:

(A) For the most recent fiscal year for which the information is available, a determination of the number of newborn infants with HIV born in the United States with respect to whom the attending obstetrician for the birth did not know the HIV status of the mother.

(B) A determination for each State of any barriers, including legal barriers, that prevent or discourage an obstetrician from making it a routine practice to offer pregnant women an HIV test and a routine practice to test newborn infants for HIV/AIDS in circumstances in which the obstetrician does not know the HIV status of the mother of the infant.

(C) Recommendations for each State for reducing the incidence of cases of the perinatal transmission of HIV, including recommendations on removing the barriers identified under subparagraph (B).


If such Institute declines to conduct the study, the Secretary shall enter into an agreement with another appropriate public or nonprofit private entity to conduct the study.

(2) Report

The Secretary shall ensure that, not later than 18 months after the effective date of this section, the study required in paragraph (1) is completed and a report describing the findings made in the study is submitted to the appropriate committees of the Congress, the Secretary, and the chief public health official of each of the States.

(b) Progress toward recommendations

In fiscal year 2004, the Secretary shall collect information from the States describing the actions taken by the States toward meeting the recommendations specified for the States under subsection (a)(1)(C) of this section.

(c) Submission of reports to Congress

The Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress reports describing the information collected under subsection (b) of this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2628, as added Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §213, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1342; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

The effective date of this section, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is Oct. 20, 2000. See section 601 of Pub. L. 106–345, set out as an Effective Date of 2000 Amendment note under section 300ff–12 of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2628 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 300ff–36 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106–345.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

subpart iii—certain partner notification programs

§300ff–38. Grants for partner notification programs

(a) In general

In the case of States whose laws or regulations are in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary, subject to subsection (c)(2) of this section, may make grants to the States for carrying out programs to provide partner counseling and referral services.

(b) Description of compliant State programs

For purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the laws or regulations of a State are in accordance with this subsection if under such laws or regulations (including programs carried out pursuant to the discretion of State officials) the following policies are in effect:

(1) The State requires that the public health officer of the State carry out a program of partner notification to inform partners of individuals with HIV/AIDS that the partners may have been exposed to the disease.

(2)(A) In the case of a health entity that provides for the performance on an individual of a test for HIV/AIDS, or that treats the individual for the disease, the State requires, subject to subparagraph (B), that the entity confidentially report the positive test results to the State public health officer in a manner recommended and approved by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, together with such additional information as may be necessary for carrying out such program.

(B) The State may provide that the requirement of subparagraph (A) does not apply to the testing of an individual for HIV/AIDS if the individual underwent the testing through a program designed to perform the test and provide the results to the individual without the individual disclosing his or her identity to the program. This subparagraph may not be construed as affecting the requirement of subparagraph (A) with respect to a health entity that treats an individual for HIV/AIDS.

(3) The program under paragraph (1) is carried out in accordance with the following:

(A) Partners are provided with an appropriate opportunity to learn that the partners have been exposed to HIV/AIDS, subject to subparagraph (B).

(B) The State does not inform partners of the identity of the infected individuals involved.

(C) Counseling and testing for HIV/AIDS are made available to the partners and to infected individuals, and such counseling includes information on modes of transmission for the disease, including information on prenatal and perinatal transmission and preventing transmission.

(D) Counseling of infected individuals and their partners includes the provision of information regarding therapeutic measures for preventing and treating the deterioration of the immune system and conditions arising from the disease, and the provision of other prevention-related information.

(E) Referrals for appropriate services are provided to partners and infected individuals, including referrals for support services and legal aid.

(F) Notifications under subparagraph (A) are provided in person, unless doing so is an unreasonable burden on the State.

(G) There is no criminal or civil penalty on, or civil liability for, an infected individual if the individual chooses not to identify the partners of the individual, or the individual does not otherwise cooperate with such program.

(H) The failure of the State to notify partners is not a basis for the civil liability of any health entity who under the program reported to the State the identity of the infected individual involved.

(I) The State provides that the provisions of the program may not be construed as prohibiting the State from providing a notification under subparagraph (A) without the consent of the infected individual involved.


(4) The State annually reports to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention the number of individuals from whom the names of partners have been sought under the program under paragraph (1), the number of such individuals who provided the names of partners, and the number of partners so named who were notified under the program.

(5) The State cooperates with such Director in carrying out a national program of partner notification, including the sharing of information between the public health officers of the States.

(c) Reporting system for cases of HIV/AIDS; preference in making grants

In making grants under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall give preference to States whose reporting systems for cases of HIV/AIDS produce data on such cases that is sufficiently accurate and reliable for use for purposes of section 300ff–28(a)(2)(D)(i) of this title.

(d) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of carrying out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2631, as added Pub. L. 106–345, title II, §221, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1343; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title II, §210, title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2803, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 109–415, §210, substituted “there is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009.” for “there are authorized to be appropriated $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2005.”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Part C—Early Intervention Services

§§300ff–41 to 300ff–50. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345

Section 300ff–41, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2641, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 597; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(31), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506, established program of formula grants to States.

Section 300ff–42, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2642, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 599, related to provision of services through medicaid providers.

Section 300ff–43, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2643, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 600; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(32), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506, related to requirement of matching funds.

Section 300ff–44, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2644, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 601, related to the offering and encouraging of early intervention services.

Section 300ff–45, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2645, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 602, related to notification of certain individuals receiving blood transfusions.

Section 300ff–46, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2646, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 602, related to reporting and partner notification.

Section 300ff–47, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2647, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 603; amended Pub. L. 101–502, §6(c), Nov. 3, 1990, 104 Stat. 1291; Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(4), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1373, related to requirement of State law protection against intentional transmission.

Section 300ff–48, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2648, formerly Pub. L. 100–607, title IX, §902, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3171; amended Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2605(a), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4234; renumbered §2648 and amended Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(b), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614; Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(5), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1374, related to testing and other early intervention services for State prisoners.

Section 300ff–49, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2649, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 604; amended Pub. L. 101–502, §6(b), Nov. 3, 1990, 104 Stat. 1290; Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(33), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(6), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1374, related to determination of amount of allotments.

Section 300ff–49a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2649A, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 605, related to miscellaneous prerequisites for the Secretary to make a grant.

Section 300ff–50, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2650, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 606, authorized appropriations.

subpart i—categorical grants

Amendments

Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345, redesignated subpart II as subpart I.

Prior Provisions

A prior subpart I, consisting of sections 300ff–41 to 300ff–50, related to formula grants for States, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(a), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345.

§300ff–51. Establishment of a program

(a) In general

For the purposes described in subsection (b), the Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may make grants to public and nonprofit private entities specified in section 300ff–52(a) of this title.

(b) Requirements

(1) In general

The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the applicant for the grant agrees to expend the grant only for—

(A) core medical services described in subsection (c);

(B) support services described in subsection (d); and

(C) administrative expenses as described in section 300ff–64(g)(3) of this title.

(2) Early intervention services

An applicant for a grant under subsection (a) shall expend not less than 50 percent of the amount received under the grant for the services described in subparagraphs (B) through (E) of subsection (e)(1) for individuals with HIV/AIDS.

(c) Required funding for core medical services

(1) In general

With respect to a grant under subsection (a) to an applicant for a fiscal year, the applicant shall, of the portion of the grant remaining after reserving amounts for purposes of paragraphs (3) and (5) of section 300ff–64(g) of this title, use not less than 75 percent to provide core medical services that are needed in the area involved for individuals with HIV/AIDS who are identified and eligible under this subchapter (including services regarding the co-occurring conditions of the individuals).

(2) Waiver

(A) The Secretary shall waive the application of paragraph (1) with respect to an applicant for a grant if the Secretary determines that, within the service area of the applicant—

(i) there are no waiting lists for AIDS Drug Assistance Program services under section 300ff–26 of this title; and

(ii) core medical services are available to all individuals with HIV/AIDS identified and eligible under this subchapter.


(B) Notification of waiver status.—When informing an applicant that a grant under subsection (a) is being made for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall inform the applicant whether a waiver under subparagraph (A) is in effect for the fiscal year.

(3) Core medical services

For purposes of this subsection, the term “core medical services”, with respect to an individual with HIV/AIDS (including the co-occurring conditions of the individual) means the following services:

(A) Outpatient and ambulatory health services.

(B) AIDS Drug Assistance Program treatments under section 300ff–26 of this title.

(C) AIDS pharmaceutical assistance.

(D) Oral health care.

(E) Early intervention services described in subsection (e).

(F) Health insurance premium and cost sharing assistance for low-income individuals in accordance with section 300ff–25 of this title.

(G) Home health care.

(H) Medical nutrition therapy.

(I) Hospice services.

(J) Home and community-based health services as defined under section 300ff–24(c) of this title.

(K) Mental health services.

(L) Substance abuse outpatient care.

(M) Medical case management, including treatment adherence services.

(d) Support services

(1) In general

For purposes of this section, the term “support services” means services, subject to the approval of the Secretary, that are needed for individuals with HIV/AIDS to achieve their medical outcomes (such as respite care for persons caring for individuals with HIV/AIDS, outreach services, medical transportation, linguistic services, and referrals for health care and support services).

(2) Definition of medical outcomes

In this section, the term “medical outcomes” means those outcomes affecting the HIV-related clinical status of an individual with HIV/AIDS.

(e) Specification of early intervention services

(1) In general

The early intervention services referred to in this section are—

(A) counseling individuals with respect to HIV/AIDS in accordance with section 300ff–62 of this title;

(B) testing individuals with respect to HIV/AIDS, including tests to confirm the presence of the disease, tests to diagnose the extent of the deficiency in the immune system, and tests to provide information on appropriate therapeutic measures for preventing and treating the deterioration of the immune system and for preventing and treating conditions arising from HIV/AIDS;

(C) referrals described in paragraph (2);

(D) other clinical and diagnostic services regarding HIV/AIDS, and periodic medical evaluations of individuals with HIV/AIDS; and

(E) providing the therapeutic measures described in subparagraph (B).

(2) Referrals

The services referred to in paragraph (1)(C) are referrals of individuals with HIV/AIDS to appropriate providers of health and support services, including, as appropriate—

(A) to entities receiving amounts under part A or B for the provision of such services;

(B) to biomedical research facilities of institutions of higher education that offer experimental treatment for such disease, or to community-based organizations or other entities that provide such treatment; or

(C) to grantees under section 300ff–71 of this title, in the case of a pregnant woman.

(3) Requirement of availability of all early intervention services through each grantee

(A) In general

The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the applicant for the grant agrees that each of the early intervention services specified in paragraph (2) will be available through the grantee. With respect to compliance with such agreement, such a grantee may expend the grant to provide the early intervention services directly, and may expend the grant to enter into agreements with public or nonprofit private entities, or private for-profit entities if such entities are the only available provider of quality HIV care in the area, under which the entities provide the services.

(B) Other requirements

Grantees described in—

(i) subparagraphs (A), (D), (E), and (F) of section 300ff–52(a)(1) of this title shall use not less than 50 percent of the amount of such a grant to provide the services described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (D), and (E) of paragraph (1) directly and on-site or at sites where other primary care services are rendered; and

(ii) subparagraphs (B) and (C) of section 300ff–52(a)(1) of this title shall ensure the availability of early intervention services through a system of linkages to community-based primary care providers, and to establish mechanisms for the referrals described in paragraph (1)(C), and for follow-up concerning such referrals.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2651, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 606; amended Pub. L. 101–557, title IV, §401(b)(2), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2771; Pub. L. 104–146, §§3(d)(1), 12(c)(7), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1357, 1374; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §301(a), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2803, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §301(a), amended section catchline and text generally, reenacting subsec. (a) without change and substituting subsecs. (b) to (e) for former subsecs. (b) and (c), which related to purposes of grants and participation in a consortium, respectively.

1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(1)(A), inserted before period “, and unless the applicant agrees to expend not less than 50 percent of the grant for such services that are specified in subparagraphs (B) through (E) of such paragraph for individuals with HIV disease”.

Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(7)(A), substituted “facilities” for “facility”.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(1)(B), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A) and inserted heading, inserted “, or private for-profit entities if such entities are the only available provider of quality HIV care in the area,” after “nonprofit private entities”, realigned margin, and added subpar. (B).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(7)(B), substituted “exists” for “exist”.

1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–557 substituted “section 300ff–52(a)” for “section 300ff–52(a)(1)”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–52. Minimum qualifications of grantees

(a) Eligible entities

(1) In general

The entities referred to in section 300ff–51(a) of this title are public entities and nonprofit private entities that are—

(A) federally-qualified health centers under section 1905(l)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396d(l)(2)(B)];

(B) grantees under section 300 of this title (regarding family planning) other than States;

(C) comprehensive hemophilia diagnostic and treatment centers;

(D) rural health clinics;

(E) health facilities operated by or pursuant to a contract with the Indian Health Service;

(F) community-based organizations, clinics, hospitals and other health facilities that provide early intervention services to those persons infected with HIV/AIDS through intravenous drug use; or

(G) nonprofit private entities that provide comprehensive primary care services to populations at risk of HIV/AIDS, including faith-based and community-based organizations.

(2) Underserved populations

Entities described in paragraph (1) shall serve underserved populations which may include minority populations and Native American populations, ex-offenders, individuals with comorbidities including hepatitis B or C, mental illness, or substance abuse, low-income populations, inner city populations, and rural populations.

(b) Status as medicaid provider

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary may not make a grant under section 300ff–51 of this title for the provision of services described in subsection (b) of such section in a State unless, in the case of any such service that is available pursuant to the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for the State—

(A) the applicant for the grant will provide the service directly, and the applicant has entered into a participation agreement under the State plan and is qualified to receive payments under such plan; or

(B) the applicant for the grant will enter into an agreement with a public or nonprofit private entity, or a private for-profit entity if such entity is the only available provider of quality HIV care in the area, under which the entity will provide the service, and the entity has entered into such a participation agreement and is qualified to receive such payments.

(2) Waiver regarding certain secondary agreements

(A) In the case of an entity making an agreement pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) regarding the provision of services, the requirement established in such paragraph regarding a participation agreement shall be waived by the Secretary if the entity does not, in providing health care services, impose a charge or accept reimbursement available from any third-party payor, including reimbursement under any insurance policy or under any Federal or State health benefits program.

(B) A determination by the Secretary of whether an entity referred to in subparagraph (A) meets the criteria for a waiver under such subparagraph shall be made without regard to whether the entity accepts voluntary donations regarding the provision of services to the public.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2652, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 607; amended Pub. L. 101–557, title IV, §401(b)(3), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2771; Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(2), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 107–251, title VI, §601(a), Oct. 26, 2002, 116 Stat. 1664; Pub. L. 108–163, §2(m)(3), Dec. 6, 2003, 117 Stat. 2023; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §302(a), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2806, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Title XIX of the Social Security Act is classified generally to subchapter XIX (§1396 et seq.) of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(a), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally, substituting provisions listing eligible entities and directing that such entities serve underserved populations for provisions listing eligible entities.

2003—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 108–163 substituted “254b(h)” for “256”.

2002—Pub. L. 107–251, which directed the substitution of “254b(h)” for “256” in subsec. (2), could not be executed because section does not contain a subsec. (2).

1996—Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104–146 inserted “, or a private for-profit entity if such entity is the only available provider of quality HIV care in the area,” after “nonprofit private entity”.

1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–557 substituted “referred to in section 300ff–51(a) of this title” for “referred to in subsection (b) of this section”, redesignated pars. (A) to (F) as (1) to (6), respectively, and substituted “nonprofit private entities that provide” for “a nonprofit private entity that provides” in par. (6).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 2003 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–163 deemed to have taken effect immediately after the enactment of Pub. L. 107–251, see section 3 of Pub. L. 108–163, set out as a note under section 233 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Reference to Community, Migrant, Public Housing, or Homeless Health Center Considered Reference to Health Center

Reference to community health center, migrant health center, public housing health center, or homeless health center considered reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104–299, set out as a note under section 254b of this title.

§300ff–53. Preferences in making grants

(a) In general

In making grants under section 300ff–51 of this title, the Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant experiencing an increase in the burden of providing services regarding HIV/AIDS, as indicated by the factors specified in subsection (b) of this section.

(b) Specification of factors

(1) In general

In the case of the geographic area with respect to which the entity involved is applying for a grant under section 300ff–51 of this title, the factors referred to in subsection (a) of this section, as determined for the period specified in paragraph (2), are—

(A) the number of cases of HIV/AIDS;

(B) the rate of increase in such cases;

(C) the lack of availability of early intervention services;

(D) the number of other cases of sexually transmitted diseases, and 1 the number of cases of tuberculosis and of drug abuse 2 and the number of cases of individuals co-infected with HIV/AIDS and hepatitis B or C;

(E) the rate of increase in each of the cases specified in subparagraph (D);

(F) the lack of availability of primary health services from providers other than such applicant; and

(G) the distance between such area and the nearest community that has an adequate level of availability of appropriate HIV-related services, and the length of time required to travel such distance.

(2) Relevant period of time

The period referred to in paragraph (1) is the 2-year period preceding the fiscal year for which the entity involved is applying to receive a grant under section 300ff–51 of this title.

(c) Equitable allocations

In providing preferences for purposes of subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary shall equitably allocate the preferences among urban and rural areas.

(d) Certain areas

Of the applicants who qualify for preference under this section—

(1) the Secretary shall give preference to applicants that will expend the grant under section 300ff–51 of this title to provide early intervention under such section in rural areas; and

(2) the Secretary shall give preference to areas that are underserved with respect to such services.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2653, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 608; amended Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §311, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §302(b), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2806, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(b)(1)(A), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “acquired immune deficiency syndrome”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(b)(1)(B), inserted “and the number of cases of individuals co-infected with HIV/AIDS and hepatitis B or C” before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(b)(2), substituted “preference” for “special consideration”.

2000—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–345 added subsec. (d).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 So in original. The word “and” probably should not appear.

2 So in original. A comma probably should appear.

§300ff–54. Miscellaneous provisions

(a) Services for individuals with hemophilia

In making grants under section 300ff–51 of this title, the Secretary shall ensure that any such grants made regarding the provision of early intervention services to individuals with hemophilia are made through the network of comprehensive hemophilia diagnostic and treatment centers.

(b) Technical assistance

The Secretary may, directly or through grants or contracts, provide technical assistance to nonprofit private entities regarding the process of submitting to the Secretary applications for grants under section 300ff–51 of this title, and may provide technical assistance with respect to the planning, development, and operation of any program or service carried out pursuant to such section.

(c) Planning and development grants

(1) In general

The Secretary may provide planning grants to public and nonprofit private entities for purposes of—

(A) enabling such entities to provide early intervention services; and

(B) assisting the entities in expanding their capacity to provide HIV/AIDS-related health services, including early intervention services, in low-income communities and affected subpopulations that are underserved with respect to such services (subject to the condition that a grant pursuant to this subparagraph may not be expended to purchase or improve land, or to purchase, construct, or permanently improve, other than minor remodeling, any building or other facility).

(2) Requirement

The Secretary may only award a grant to an entity under paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that the entity will use such grant to assist the entity in qualifying for a grant under section 300ff–51 of this title.

(3) Preference

In awarding grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to entities that provide primary care services in rural areas or to underserved populations.

(4) Amount and duration of grants

(A) Early intervention services

A grant under paragraph (1)(A) may be made in an amount not to exceed $50,000.

(B) Capacity development

(i) Amount

A grant under paragraph (1)(B) may be made in an amount not to exceed $150,000.

(ii) Duration

The total duration of a grant under paragraph (1)(B), including any renewal, may not exceed 3 years.

(5) Limitation

Not to exceed 5 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under section 300ff–55 of this title may be used to carry out this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2654, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 608; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §312, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §302(c), title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2807, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(c)(1)(A), struck out “HIV” after “provide”.

Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(c)(1)(B), substituted “HIV/AIDS-related” for “HIV-related”.

Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §302(c)(2), substituted “areas or to underserved populations” for “or underserved communities”.

2000—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §312(a), substituted “planning grants to public and nonprofit private entities for purposes of—” and subpars. (A) and (B) for “planning grants, in an amount not to exceed $50,000 for each such grant, to public and nonprofit private entities for the purpose of enabling such entities to provide HIV early intervention services.”

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 106–345, §312(b)(2), added par. (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (5).

Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 106–345, §312(b)(1), (c), redesignated par. (4) as (5) and substituted “5 percent” for “1 percent”.

1996—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–146 added subsec. (c).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–55. Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of making grants under section 300ff–51 of this title, there are authorized to be appropriated, $218,600,000 for fiscal year 2007, $226,700,000 for fiscal year 2008, $235,100,000 for fiscal year 2009, $246,855,000 for fiscal year 2010, $259,198,000 for fiscal year 2011, $272,158,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $285,766,000 for fiscal year 2013.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2655, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 609; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(4), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1358; Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §313, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1346; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §303, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2807, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), (d), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2886.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(d), substituted “$235,100,000 for fiscal year 2009, $246,855,000 for fiscal year 2010, $259,198,000 for fiscal year 2011, $272,158,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $285,766,000 for fiscal year 2013” for “and $235,100,000 for fiscal year 2009”.

Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §303, substituted “, $218,600,000 for fiscal year 2007, $226,700,000 for fiscal year 2008, and $235,100,000 for fiscal year 2009” for “such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005”.

2000—Pub. L. 106–345 substituted “for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005” for “in each of the fiscal years 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, and 2000”.

1996—Pub. L. 104–146 substituted “such sums as may be necessary in each of the fiscal years 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, and 2000.” for “$75,000,000 for fiscal years 1991, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1992 through 1995.”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 2(d) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

subpart ii—general provisions

Prior Provisions

A prior subpart II, consisting of sections 300ff–51 to 300ff–55, was redesignated subpart I of this part by Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345.

Amendments

Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(b)(1), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345, redesignated subpart III as subpart II.

§300ff–61. Confidentiality and informed consent

(a) Confidentiality

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, in the case of any entity applying for a grant under section 300ff–51 of this title, the entity agrees to ensure that information regarding the receipt of early intervention services pursuant to the grant is maintained confidentially in a manner not inconsistent with applicable law.

(b) Informed consent

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, in testing an individual for HIV/AIDS, the applicant will test an individual only after the individual confirms that the decision of the individual with respect to undergoing such testing is voluntarily made.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2661, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 609; amended Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §301(b)(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §304, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2807, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §304, reenacted section catchline without change and amended text generally, substituting provisions relating to confidentiality and informed consent for provisions relating to confidentiality, informed written consent, and anonymous testing.

2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–345 struck out par. (1) and par. (2) designation. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “in the case of any State applying for a grant under section 300ff–41 of this title, the State agrees to ensure that information regarding the receipt of early intervention services is maintained confidentially pursuant to law or regulations in a manner not inconsistent with applicable law; and”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–62. Provision of certain counseling services

(a) Counseling of individuals with negative test results

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, if the results of testing conducted for HIV/AIDS indicate that an individual does not have such condition, the applicant will provide the individual information, including—

(1) measures for prevention of, exposure to, and transmission of HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and other sexually transmitted diseases;

(2) the accuracy and reliability of results of testing for HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, and hepatitis C;

(3) the significance of the results of such testing, including the potential for developing AIDS, hepatitis B, or hepatitis C;

(4) the appropriateness of further counseling, testing, and education of the individual regarding HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases;

(5) if diagnosed with chronic hepatitis B or hepatitis C co-infection, the potential of developing hepatitis-related liver disease and its impact on HIV/AIDS; and

(6) information regarding the availability of hepatitis B vaccine and information about hepatitis treatments.

(b) Counseling of individuals with positive test results

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, if the results of testing for HIV/AIDS indicate that the individual has such condition, the applicant will provide to the individual appropriate counseling regarding the condition, including—

(1) information regarding—

(A) measures for prevention of, exposure to, and transmission of HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, and hepatitis C;

(B) the accuracy and reliability of results of testing for HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, and hepatitis C; and

(C) the significance of the results of such testing, including the potential for developing AIDS, hepatitis B, or hepatitis C;


(2) reviewing the appropriateness of further counseling, testing, and education of the individual regarding HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases; and

(3) providing counseling—

(A) on the availability, through the applicant, of early intervention services;

(B) on the availability in the geographic area of appropriate health care, mental health care, and social and support services, including providing referrals for such services, as appropriate;

(C)(i) that explains the benefits of locating and counseling any individual by whom the infected individual may have been exposed to HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, or hepatitis C and any individual whom the infected individual may have exposed to HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, or hepatitis C; and

(ii) that emphasizes it is the duty of infected individuals to disclose their infected status to their sexual partners and their partners in the sharing of hypodermic needles; that provides advice to infected individuals on the manner in which such disclosures can be made; and that emphasizes that it is the continuing duty of the individuals to avoid any behaviors that will expose others to HIV/AIDS, hepatitis B, or hepatitis C; and

(D) on the availability of the services of public health authorities with respect to locating and counseling any individual described in subparagraph (C);


(4) if diagnosed with chronic hepatitis B or hepatitis C co-infection, the potential of developing hepatitis-related liver disease and its impact on HIV/AIDS; and

(5) information regarding the availability of hepatitis B vaccine.

(c) Additional requirements regarding appropriate counseling

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, in counseling individuals with respect to HIV/AIDS, the applicant will ensure that the counseling is provided under conditions appropriate to the needs of the individuals.

(d) Counseling of emergency response employees

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part to a State unless the State agrees that, in counseling individuals with respect to HIV/AIDS, the State will ensure that, in the case of emergency response employees, the counseling is provided to such employees under conditions appropriate to the needs of the employees regarding the counseling.

(e) Rule of construction regarding counseling without testing

Agreements made pursuant to this section may not be construed to prohibit any grantee under this part from expending the grant for the purpose of providing counseling services described in this section to an individual who does not undergo testing for HIV/AIDS as a result of the grantee or the individual determining that such testing of the individual is not appropriate.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2662, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 610; amended Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §321, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1346; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §305, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2807, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §305, reenacted heading without change and amended text generally, substituting provisions relating to counseling of individuals after testing for HIV/AIDS, appropriateness of conditions, counseling of emergency response employees, and counseling without testing, for provisions relating to counseling of individuals before and after testing, appropriateness of conditions, counseling of emergency response employees, and counseling without testing.

2000—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 106–345, §321(1), in introductory provisions struck out “on” after “counseling”.

Subsec. (c)(3)(A), (B). Pub. L. 106–345, §321(2), inserted “on” before “the availability”.

Subsec. (c)(3)(C). Pub. L. 106–345, §321(3), designated existing provisions as cl. (i), inserted “that explains” before “the benefits”, and added cl. (ii).

Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §321(2), inserted “on” before “the availability”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–63. Applicability of requirements regarding confidentiality, informed consent, and counseling

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, with respect to testing for HIV/AIDS, any such testing carried out by the applicant with funds appropriated through this chapter will be carried out in accordance with conditions described in sections 300ff–61 and 300ff–62 of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2663, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 611; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §306(a), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2809, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Pub. L. 109–415, §306(a), substituted “with funds appropriated through this chapter will be carried” for “will, without regard to whether such testing is carried out with Federal funds, be carried”.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–64. Additional required agreements

(a) Reports to Secretary

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless—

(1) the applicant submits to the Secretary—

(A) a specification of the expenditures made by the applicant for early intervention services for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the applicant is applying to receive the grant;

(B) an estimate of the number of individuals to whom the applicant has provided such services for such fiscal year;

(C) information regarding how the expected expenditures of the grant are related to the planning process for localities funded under part A (including the planning process described in section 300ff–12 of this title) and for States funded under part B (including the planning process described in section 300ff–27(b) of this title); and

(D) a specification of the expected expenditures and how those expenditures will improve overall client outcomes, as described in the State plan under section 300ff–27(b) of this title;


(2) the applicant agrees to submit to the Secretary a report providing—

(A) the number of individuals to whom the applicant provides early intervention services pursuant to the grant;

(B) epidemiological and demographic data on the population of such individuals;

(C) the extent to which the costs of HIV-related health care for such individuals are paid by third-party payors;

(D) the average costs of providing each category of early intervention service; and

(E) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category;


(3) the applicant agrees to provide additional documentation to the Secretary regarding the process used to obtain community input into the design and implementation of activities related to such grant; and

(4) the applicant agrees to submit, every 2 years, to the lead State agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title audits, consistent with Office of Management and Budget circular A133, regarding funds expended in accordance with this subchapter and shall include necessary client level data to complete unmet need calculations and Statewide coordinated statements of need process.

(b) Provision of opportunities for anonymous counseling and testing

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, to the extent permitted under State law, regulation or rule, the applicant will offer substantial opportunities for an individual—

(1) to undergo counseling and testing regarding HIV/AIDS without being required to provide any information relating to the identity of the individual; and

(2) to undergo such counseling and testing through the use of a pseudonym.

(c) Prohibition against requiring testing as condition of receiving other health services

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, with respect to an individual seeking health services from the applicant, the applicant will not require the individual to undergo testing for HIV as a condition of receiving any health services unless such testing is medically indicated in the provision of the health services sought by the individual.

(d) Maintenance of support

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees to maintain the expenditures of the applicant for early intervention services at a level equal to not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the State for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the applicant is applying to receive the grant.

(e) Requirements regarding imposition of charges for services

(1) In general

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the grant agrees that—

(A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant will not impose a charge on any such individual for the provision of early intervention services under the grant;

(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant—

(i) will impose a charge on each such individual for the provision of such services; and

(ii) will impose the charge according to a schedule of charges that is made available to the public.

(2) Limitation on charges regarding individuals subject to charges

With respect to the imposition of a charge for purposes of paragraph (1)(B)(ii), the Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the grant agrees that—

(A) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200 percent of such poverty line, the applicant will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved;

(B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300 percent of such poverty line, the applicant will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and

(C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 300 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved.

(3) Assessment of charge

With respect to compliance with the agreement made under paragraph (1), a grantee under this part may, in the case of individuals subject to a charge for purposes of such paragraph—

(A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the provision of services, subject to the provisions of such paragraph regarding public schedules and of paragraph (2) regarding limitations on the maximum amount of charges; and

(B) take into consideration the medical expenses of individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to such provisions.

(4) Applicability of limitation on amount of charge

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that the limitations established in paragraph (2) regarding the imposition of charges for services applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for such services, without regard to whether they are characterized as enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing, copayments, coinsurance, or similar charges.

(5) Waiver regarding certain secondary agreements

The requirement established in paragraph (1)(B)(i) shall be waived by the Secretary in the case of any entity for whom the Secretary has granted a waiver under section 300ff–52(b)(2) of this title.

(f) Relationship to items and services under other programs

(1) In general

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, subject to paragraph (2), the grant will not be expended by the applicant, or by any entity receiving amounts from the applicant for the provision of early intervention services, to make payment for any such service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to such service—

(A) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program (except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service); or

(B) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis.

(2) Applicability to certain secondary agreements for provision of services

An agreement made under paragraph (1) shall not apply in the case of an entity through which a grantee under this part provides early intervention services if the Secretary has provided a waiver under section 300ff–52(b)(2) of this title regarding the entity.

(g) Administration of grant

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that—

(1) the applicant will not expend amounts received pursuant to this part for any purpose other than the purposes described in the subpart under which the grant involved is made;

(2) the applicant will establish such procedures for fiscal control and fund accounting as may be necessary to ensure proper disbursement and accounting with respect to the grant;

(3) the applicant will not expend more than 10 percent of the grant for administrative expenses with respect to the grant, including planning and evaluation, except that the costs of a clinical quality management program under paragraph (5) may not be considered administrative expenses for purposes of such limitation;

(4) the applicant will submit evidence that the proposed program is consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of need and agree to participate in the ongoing revision of such statement of need; and

(5) the applicant will provide for the establishment of a clinical quality management program—

(A) to assess the extent to which medical services funded under this subchapter that are provided to patients are consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV/AIDS and related opportunistic infections, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with the guidelines; and

(B) to ensure that improvements in the access to and quality of HIV health services are addressed.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2664, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 611; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(5), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1358; Pub. L. 106–345, title III, §§301(b)(3), 322, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1345, 1346; Pub. L. 109–415, title III, §§301(b), 306(b), (c), title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2806, 2809, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 109–415, §306(b)(1), added subpars. (C) and (D).

Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 109–415, §306(b)(2), (3), added pars. (3) and (4).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Subsec. (f)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §306(c), inserted “(except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service)” before semicolon.

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 109–415, §301(b)(1), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: “the applicant will not expend more than 10 percent including planning and evaluation of the grant for administrative expenses with respect to the grant;”.

Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 109–415, §301(b)(2), inserted “clinical” before “quality management” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (g)(5)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

2000—Subsecs. (e)(5), (f)(2). Pub. L. 106–345, §301(b)(3)(A), (B), struck out “300ff–42(b) or” after “a waiver under section”.

Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 106–345, §322(1)(A), substituted “10 percent” for “7.5 percent”.

Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 106–345, §322(1)(B), (2), (3), added par. (5).

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 106–345, §301(b)(3)(C), struck out heading and text of subsec. (h). Text read as follows: “A State may not use amounts received under a grant awarded under section 300ff–41 of this title to purchase or improve land, or to purchase, construct, or permanently improve (other than minor remodeling) any building or other facility, or to make cash payments to intended recipients of services.”

1996—Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(5)(B)(i), substituted “7.5 percent including planning and evaluation” for “5 percent”.

Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(d)(5)(A), (B)(ii), (C), added par. (4).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–65. Requirement of submission of application containing certain agreements and assurances

The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless—

(1) an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary containing agreements and assurances in accordance with this part and containing the information specified in section 300ff–64(a)(1) of this title;

(2) with respect to such agreements, the application provides assurances of compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and

(3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this part.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2665, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–66. Provision by Secretary of supplies and services in lieu of grant funds

(a) In general

Upon the request of a grantee under this part, the Secretary may, subject to subsection (b) of this section, provide supplies, equipment, and services for the purpose of aiding the grantee in providing early intervention services and, for such purpose, may detail to the State any officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services.

(b) Limitation

With respect to a request described in subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall reduce the amount of payments under the grant involved by an amount equal to the costs of detailing personnel and the fair market value of any supplies, equipment, or services provided by the Secretary. The Secretary shall, for the payment of expenses incurred in complying with such request, expend the amounts withheld.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2666, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–67. Use of funds

Counseling programs carried out under this part—

(1) shall not be designed to promote or encourage, directly, intravenous drug abuse or sexual activity, homosexual or heterosexual;

(2) shall be designed to reduce exposure to and transmission of HIV/AIDS by providing accurate information;

(3) shall provide information on the health risks of promiscuous sexual activity and intravenous drug abuse; and

(4) shall provide information on the transmission and prevention of hepatitis A, B, and C, including education about the availability of hepatitis A and B vaccines and assisting patients in identifying vaccination sites.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2667, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title III, §301(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 614; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VII, §§701, 702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2819, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Par. (2). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease”.

Par. (4). Pub. L. 109–415, §701, added par. (4).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Part D—Women, Infants, Children, and Youth

Codification

Part D of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act, comprising this part, was originally added to act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, by Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 617, and amended by Pub. L. 104–146, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1346; Pub. L. 102–531, Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3469; Pub. L. 106–345, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1319; Pub. L. 108–173, Dec. 8, 2003, 117 Stat. 2066. Part D is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 109–415, title IV, §401, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2810, without reference to those intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of part D by Pub. L. 109–415.

§300ff–71. Grants for coordinated services and access to research for women, infants, children, and youth

(a) In general

The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award grants to public and nonprofit private entities (including a health facility operated by or pursuant to a contract with the Indian Health Service) for the purpose of providing family-centered care involving outpatient or ambulatory care (directly or through contracts or memoranda of understanding) for women, infants, children, and youth with HIV/AIDS.

(b) Additional services for patients and families

Funds provided under grants awarded under subsection (a) may be used for the following support services:

(1) Family-centered care including case management.

(2) Referrals for additional services including—

(A) referrals for inpatient hospital services, treatment for substance abuse, and mental health services; and

(B) referrals for other social and support services, as appropriate.


(3) Additional services necessary to enable the patient and the family to participate in the program established by the applicant pursuant to such subsection including services designed to recruit and retain youth with HIV.

(4) The provision of information and education on opportunities to participate in HIV/AIDS-related clinical research.

(c) Coordination with other entities

A grant awarded under subsection (a) may be made only if the applicant provides an agreement that includes the following:

(1) The applicant will coordinate activities under the grant with other providers of health care services under this chapter, and under title V of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.], including programs promoting the reduction and elimination of risk of HIV/AIDS for youth.

(2) The applicant will participate in the statewide coordinated statement of need under part B (where it has been initiated by the public health agency responsible for administering grants under part B) and in revisions of such statement.

(3) The applicant will every 2 years submit to the lead State agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title audits regarding funds expended in accordance with this subchapter and shall include necessary client-level data to complete unmet need calculations and Statewide coordinated statements of need process.

(d) Administration; application

A grant may only be awarded to an entity under subsection (a) if an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary and the application is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this section. Such application shall include the following:

(1) Information regarding how the expected expenditures of the grant are related to the planning process for localities funded under part A (including the planning process outlined in section 300ff–12 of this title) and for States funded under part B (including the planning process outlined in section 300ff–27(b) of this title).

(2) A specification of the expected expenditures and how those expenditures will improve overall patient outcomes, as outlined as part of the State plan (under section 300ff–27(b) of this title) or through additional outcome measures.

(e) Annual review of programs; evaluations

(1) Review regarding access to and participation in programs

With respect to a grant under subsection (a) for an entity for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall, not later than 180 days after the end of the fiscal year, provide for the conduct and completion of a review of the operation during the year of the program carried out under such subsection by the entity. The purpose of such review shall be the development of recommendations, as appropriate, for improvements in the following:

(A) Procedures used by the entity to allocate opportunities and services under subsection (a) among patients of the entity who are women, infants, children, or youth.

(B) Other procedures or policies of the entity regarding the participation of such individuals in such program.

(2) Evaluations

The Secretary shall, directly or through contracts with public and private entities, provide for evaluations of programs carried out pursuant to subsection (a).

(f) Administrative expenses

(1) Limitation

A grantee may not use more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this section for administrative expenses.

(2) Clinical quality management program

A grantee under this section shall implement a clinical quality management program to assess the extent to which HIV health services provided to patients under the grant are consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV/AIDS and related opportunistic infection, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with the guidelines for improvement in the access to and quality of HIV health services.

(g) Training and technical assistance

From the amounts appropriated under subsection (j) for a fiscal year, the Secretary may use not more than 5 percent to provide, directly or through contracts with public and private entities (which may include grantees under subsection (a)), training and technical assistance to assist applicants and grantees under subsection (a) in complying with the requirements of this section.

(h) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Administrative expenses

The term “administrative expenses” means funds that are to be used by grantees for grant management and monitoring activities, including costs related to any staff or activity unrelated to services or indirect costs.

(2) Indirect costs

The term “indirect costs” means costs included in a Federally negotiated indirect rate.

(3) Services

The term “services” means—

(A) services that are provided to clients to meet the goals and objectives of the program under this section, including the provision of professional, diagnostic, and therapeutic services by a primary care provider or a referral to and provision of specialty care; and

(B) services that sustain program activity and contribute to or help improve services under subparagraph (A).

(i) Application to primary care services

Nothing in this part shall be construed as requiring funds under this part to be used for primary care services when payments are available for such services from other sources (including under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.]).

(j) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, $71,800,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009, $75,390,000 for fiscal year 2010, $79,160,000 for fiscal year 2011, $83,117,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $87,273,000 for fiscal year 2013.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2671, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title IV, §401, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2810, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), (e), 11, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2886, 2895.)

References in Text

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsecs. (c)(1) and (i), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620. Titles V, XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Act are classified generally to subchapters V (§701 et seq.), XVIII (§1395 et seq.), XIX (§1396 et seq.), and XXI (§1397aa et seq.), respectively, of chapter 7 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of this title and Tables.

Prior Provisions

Prior sections 300ff–71 to 300ff–78 were omitted in the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Section 300ff–71, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2671, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 617; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(e), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1358; Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §401, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1347, related to grants for coordinated services and access to research for women, infants, children, and youth.

Section 300ff–72, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2672, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 618, contained provisions relating to blood banks.

Section 300ff–73, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2673, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 619; amended Pub. L. 106–345, title V, §503(a)(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1354, related to a research, evaluation, and assessment program.

Section 300ff–74, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2674, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 620; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(f), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1362; Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §411, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1350, related to evaluations and reports.

Section 300ff–75, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2675, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 620; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §312(d)(34), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3506; Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §§413, 414, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1350, 1351; Pub. L. 108–173, title IX, §900(e)(2)(G), Dec. 8, 2003, 117 Stat. 2372, related to coordination of Federal HIV programs. See section 300ff–81 of this title.

Section 300ff–75a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2675A, as added Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §415, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1351, related to audits. See section 300ff–82 of this title.

Section 300ff–75b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2675B, as added Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §416, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1351, related to administrative simplification.

Section 300ff–76, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2676, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §401, Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 620; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §12(a), (c)(8), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1373, 1374, defined terms for this subchapter. See section 300ff–88 of this title.

Section 300ff–77, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2677, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §6(a), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1367; amended Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §417, Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1352, authorized appropriations.

Section 300ff–78, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2678, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §10, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1373, prohibited promotion of certain activities. See section 300ff–84 of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–87, §11(b), substituted “(directly or through contracts or memoranda of understanding)” for “(directly or through contracts)”.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 111–87, §11(a)(2), substituted “subsection (j)” for “subsection (i)”.

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 111–87, §11(a)(3), added subsec. (i). Former subsec. (i) redesignated (j).

Pub. L. 111–87, §2(e), inserted “, $75,390,000 for fiscal year 2010, $79,160,000 for fiscal year 2011, $83,117,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $87,273,000 for fiscal year 2013” before period at end.

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 111–87, §11(a)(1), redesignated subsec. (i) as (j).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by sections 2(e) and 11 of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Part E—General Provisions

Codification

Part E of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act, comprising this part, was originally added to act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, by Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 622, and amended by Pub. L. 104–146, May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1346. Part E is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 109–415, title IV, §501, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2812, without reference to the intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of part E by Pub. L. 109–415.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–80, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2680, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 622, related to grants for implementation of recommendations in guidelines and model curriculum.

§300ff–81. Coordination

(a) Requirement

The Secretary shall ensure that the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services coordinate the planning, funding, and implementation of Federal HIV programs (including all minority AIDS initiatives of the Public Health Service, including under section 300ff–121 of this title) to enhance the continuity of care and prevention services for individuals with HIV/AIDS or those at risk of such disease. The Secretary shall consult with other Federal agencies, including the Department of Veterans Affairs, as needed and utilize planning information submitted to such agencies by the States and entities eligible for assistance under this subchapter.

(b) Report

The Secretary shall biennially prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report concerning the coordination efforts at the Federal, State, and local levels described in this section, including a description of Federal barriers to HIV program integration and a strategy for eliminating such barriers and enhancing the continuity of care and prevention services for individuals with HIV/AIDS or those at risk of such disease.

(c) Integration by State

As a condition of receipt of funds under this subchapter, a State shall provide assurances to the Secretary that health support services funded under this subchapter will be integrated with other such services, that programs will be coordinated with other available programs (including Medicaid), and that the continuity of care and prevention services of individuals with HIV/AIDS is enhanced.

(d) Integration by local or private entities

As a condition of receipt of funds under this subchapter, a local government or private nonprofit entity shall provide assurances to the Secretary that services funded under this subchapter will be integrated with other such services, that programs will be coordinated with other available programs (including Medicaid), and that the continuity of care and prevention services of individuals with HIV is enhanced.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2681, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2812, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–81, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2681, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 623, related to development and dissemination of list of infectious diseases, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–82. Audits

(a) In general

For fiscal year 2009, and each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary may reduce the amounts of grants under this subchapter to a State or political subdivision of a State for a fiscal year if, with respect to such grants for the second preceding fiscal year, the State or subdivision fails to prepare audits in accordance with the procedures of section 7502 of title 31. The Secretary shall annually select representative samples of such audits, prepare summaries of the selected audits, and submit the summaries to the Congress.

(b) Posting on the Internet

All audits that the Secretary receives from the State lead agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title shall be posted, in their entirety, on the Internet website of the Health Resources and Services Administration.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2682, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2813, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–82, July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2682, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 623, related to routine notifications with respect to airborne infectious diseases in victims assisted, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–83. Public health emergency

(a) In general

In an emergency area and during an emergency period, the Secretary shall have the authority to waive such requirements of this subchapter to improve the health and safety of those receiving care under this subchapter and the general public, except that the Secretary may not expend more than 5 percent of the funds allocated under this subchapter for sections 300ff–29a of this title and section 1 300ff–13(b) of this title.

(b) Emergency area and emergency period

In this section:

(1) Emergency area

The term “emergency area” means a geographic area in which there exists—

(A) an emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act [50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.] or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act [42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.]; or

(B) a public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 247d of this title.

(2) Emergency period

The term “emergency period” means the period in which there exists—

(A) an emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act; or

(B) a public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 247d of this title.

(c) Unobligated funds

If funds under a grant under this section are not expended for an emergency in the fiscal year in which the emergency is declared, such funds shall be returned to the Secretary for reallocation under sections 300ff–13(b) and 300ff–29a of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2683, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2813, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

The National Emergencies Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), (2)(A), is Pub. L. 94–412, Sept. 14, 1976, 90 Stat. 1255, which is classified principally to chapter 34 (§1601 et seq.) of Title 50, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 50 and Tables.

The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), (2)(A), is Pub. L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5121 of this title and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–83, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2683, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 624, related to request for notifications with respect to victims assisted, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

1 So in original. The word “section” probably should not appear.

§300ff–84. Prohibition on promotion of certain activities

None of the funds appropriated under this subchapter shall be used to fund AIDS programs, or to develop materials, designed to promote or encourage, directly, intravenous drug use or sexual activity, whether homosexual or heterosexual. Funds authorized under this subchapter may be used to provide medical treatment and support services for individuals with HIV.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2684, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2814, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–84, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2684, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 626; amended Pub. L. 104–146, §12(c)(10), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1374, related to procedures for notification of exposure, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept, 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–85. Privacy protections

(a) In general

The Secretary shall ensure that any information submitted to, or collected by, the Secretary under this subchapter excludes any personally identifiable information.

(b) Definition

In this section, the term “personally identifiable information” has the meaning given such term under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2685, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2814, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

Section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 264(c) of Pub. L. 104–191, which is set out as a note under section 1320d–2 of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–85, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2685, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 626, related to notification of emergency response employees, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–86. GAO report

The Comptroller General of the Government Accountability Office shall, not less than 1 year after October 30, 2009, submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report describing Minority AIDS Initiative activities across the Department of Health and Human Services, including programs under this subchapter and programs at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, and other departmental agencies. Such report shall include a history of program activities within each relevant agency and a description of activities conducted, people served and types of grantees funded, and shall collect and describe best practices in community outreach and capacity-building of community based organizations serving the communities that are disproportionately affected by HIV/AIDS.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2686, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2814, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), (g), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2887.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–86, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2686, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 627, related to selection of designated officers, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(g), amended section generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “The Comptroller General of the Government Accountability Office shall biennially submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report that includes a description of Federal, State, and local barriers to HIV program integration, particularly for racial and ethnic minorities, including activities carried out under subpart III of part F, and recommendations for enhancing the continuity of care and the provision of prevention services for individuals with HIV/AIDS or those at risk for such disease. Such report shall include a demonstration of the manner in which funds under this subpart are being expended and to what extent the services provided with such funds increase access to prevention and care services for individuals with HIV/AIDS and build stronger community linkages to address HIV prevention and care for racial and ethnic minority communities.”

Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 2(g) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–87. Severity of need index

(a) Development of index

Not later than September 30, 2008, the Secretary shall develop and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a severity of need index in accordance with subsection (c).

(b) Definition of severity of need index

In this section, the term “severity of need index” means the index of the relative needs of individuals within a State or area, as identified by a number of different factors, and is a factor or set of factors that is multiplied by the number of living HIV/AIDS cases in a State or area, providing different weights to those cases based on needs. Such factors or set of factors may be different for different components of the provisions under this subchapter.

(c) Requirements for Secretarial submission

When the Secretary submits to the appropriate committees of Congress the severity of need index under subsection (a), the Secretary shall provide the following:

(1) Methodology for and rationale behind developing the severity of need index, including information related to the field testing of the severity of need index.

(2) An independent contractor analysis of activities carried out under paragraph (1).

(3) Information regarding the process by which the Secretary received community input regarding the application and development of the severity of need index.

(d) Annual reports

If the Secretary fails to submit the severity of need index under subsection (a) in either of fiscal years 2007 or 2008, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report for such fiscal year—

(1) that updates progress toward having client level data;

(2) that updates the progress toward having a severity of need index, including information related to the methodology and process for obtaining community input; and

(3) that, as applicable, states whether the Secretary could develop a severity of need index before fiscal year 2009.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2687, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2814, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–87, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2687, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 627, related to limitations with respect to duties of medical facilities, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–87a. National HIV/AIDS testing goal

(a) In general

Not later than January 1, 2010, the Secretary shall establish a national HIV/AIDS testing goal of 5,000,000 tests for HIV/AIDS annually through federally-supported HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care programs, including programs under this subchapter and other programs administered by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

(b) Annual report

Not later than January 1, 2011, and annually thereafter, the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall submit to Congress a report describing, with regard to the preceding 12-month reporting period—

(1) whether the testing goal described in subsection (a) has been met;

(2) the total number of individuals tested through federally-supported and other HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care programs in each State;

(3) the number of individuals who—

(A) prior to such 12-month period, were unaware of their HIV status; and

(B) through federally-supported and other HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care programs, were diagnosed and referred into treatment and care during such period;


(4) any barriers, including State laws and regulations, that the Secretary determines to be a barrier to meeting the testing goal described in subsection (a);

(5) the amount of funding the Secretary determines necessary to meet the annual testing goal in the following 12 months and the amount of Federal funding expended to meet the testing goal in the prior 12-month period; and

(6) the most cost-effective strategies for identifying and diagnosing individuals who were unaware of their HIV status, including voluntary testing with pre-test counseling, routine screening including opt-out testing, partner counseling and referral services, and mass media campaigns.

(c) Review of program effectiveness

Not later than 1 year after October 30, 2009, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall submit a report to Congress based on a comprehensive review of each of the programs and activities conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention as part of the Domestic HIV/AIDS Prevention Activities, including the following:

(1) The amount of funding provided for each program or activity.

(2) The primary purpose of each program or activity.

(3) The annual goals for each program or activity.

(4) The relative effectiveness of each program or activity with relation to the other programs and activities conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, based on the—

(A) number of previously undiagnosed individuals with HIV/AIDS made aware of their status and referred into the appropriate treatment;

(B) amount of funding provided for each program or activity compared to the number of undiagnosed individuals with HIV/AIDS made aware of their status;

(C) program's contribution to the National HIV/AIDS testing goal; and

(D) progress made toward the goals described in paragraph (3).


(5) Recommendations if any to Congress on ways to allocate funding for domestic HIV/AIDS prevention activities and programs in order to achieve the National HIV/AIDS testing goal.

(d) Coordination with other Federal activities

In pursuing the National HIV/AIDS testing goal, the Secretary, where appropriate, shall consider and coordinate with other national strategies conducted by the Federal Government to address HIV/AIDS.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2688, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §12(2), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2896.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 2688 of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 2689 and is classified to section 300ff–88 of this title.

Another prior section 2688 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 300ff–88 of this title prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Effective Date

Section effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(3)(B) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as an Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–88. Definitions

For purposes of this subchapter:

(1) AIDS

The term “AIDS” means acquired immune deficiency syndrome.

(2) Co-occurring conditions

The term “co-occurring conditions” means one or more adverse health conditions in an individual with HIV/AIDS, without regard to whether the individual has AIDS and without regard to whether the conditions arise from HIV.

(3) Counseling

The term “counseling” means such counseling provided by an individual trained to provide such counseling.

(4) Family-centered care

The term “family-centered care” means the system of services described in this subchapter that is targeted specifically to the special needs of infants, children, women and families. Family-centered care shall be based on a partnership between parents, professionals, and the community designed to ensure an integrated, coordinated, culturally sensitive, and community-based continuum of care for children, women, and families with HIV/AIDS.

(5) Families with HIV/AIDS

The term “families with HIV/AIDS” means families in which one or more members have HIV/AIDS.

(6) HIV

The term “HIV” means infection with the human immunodeficiency virus.

(7) HIV/AIDS

(A) In general

The term “HIV/AIDS” means HIV, and includes AIDS and any condition arising from AIDS.

(B) Counting of cases

The term “living cases of HIV/AIDS”, with respect to the counting of cases in a geographic area during a period of time, means the sum of—

(i) the number of living non-AIDS cases of HIV in the area; and

(ii) the number of living cases of AIDS in the area.

(C) Non-AIDS cases

The term “non-AIDS”, with respect to a case of HIV, means that the individual involved has HIV but does not have AIDS.

(8) Human immunodeficiency virus

The term “human immunodeficiency virus” means the etiologic agent for AIDS.

(9) Official poverty line

The term “official poverty line” means the poverty line established by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and revised by the Secretary in accordance with section 9902(2) of this title.

(10) Person

The term “person” includes one or more individuals, governments (including the Federal Government and the governments of the States), governmental agencies, political subdivisions, labor unions, partnerships, associations, corporations, legal representatives, mutual companies, joint-stock companies, trusts, unincorporated organizations, receivers, trustees, and trustees in cases under title 11.

(11) State

(A) In general

The term “State” means each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and each of the territories.

(B) Territories

The term “territory” means each of American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and Palau.

(12) Youth with HIV

The term “youth with HIV” means individuals who are 13 through 24 years old and who have HIV/AIDS.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2689, formerly §2688, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title V, §501, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2815, 2820; renumbered §2689 and amended Pub. L. 111–87, §§2(a)(1), (3)(A), 12(1), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2896.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 300ff–88, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2688, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 627, provided rules of construction for former subpart II of this part, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Prior sections 300ff–89 and 300ff–90 were omitted in the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 109–415.

Section 300ff–89, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2689, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 628, related to injunctions regarding violations of former subpart II of this part.

Section 300ff–90, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2690, as added Pub. L. 101–381, title IV, §411(a), Aug. 18, 1990, 104 Stat. 628, related to applicability of former subpart II of this part.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Part F—Demonstration and Training

subpart i—special projects of national significance

§300ff–101. Special projects of national significance

(a) In general

Of the amount appropriated under each of parts A, B, C, and D for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall use the greater of $20,000,000 or an amount equal to 3 percent of such amount appropriated under each such part, but not to exceed $25,000,000, to administer special projects of national significance to—

(1) quickly respond to emerging needs of individuals receiving assistance under this subchapter; and

(2) to fund special programs to develop a standard electronic client information data system to improve the ability of grantees under this subchapter to report client-level data to the Secretary.

(b) Grants

The Secretary shall award grants under subsection (a) to entities eligible for funding under parts A, B, C, and D based on—

(1) whether the funding will promote obtaining client level data as it relates to the creation of a severity of need index, including funds to facilitate the purchase and enhance the utilization of qualified health information technology systems;

(2) demonstrated ability to create and maintain a qualified health information technology system;

(3) the potential replicability of the proposed activity in other similar localities or nationally;

(4) the demonstrated reliability of the proposed qualified health information technology system across a variety of providers, geographic regions, and clients; and

(5) the demonstrated ability to maintain a safe and secure qualified health information system; or

(6) newly emerging needs of individuals receiving assistance under this subchapter.

(c) Coordination

The Secretary may not make a grant under this section unless the applicant submits evidence that the proposed program is consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of need, and the applicant agrees to participate in the ongoing revision process of such statement of need.

(d) Privacy protection

The Secretary may not make a grant under this section for the development of a qualified health information technology system unless the applicant provides assurances to the Secretary that the system will, at a minimum, comply with the privacy regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.

(e) Replication

The Secretary shall make information concerning successful models or programs developed under this part available to grantees under this subchapter for the purpose of coordination, replication, and integration. To facilitate efforts under this subsection, the Secretary may provide for peer-based technical assistance for grantees funded under this part.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2691, as added Pub. L. 104–146, §3(g)(1), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1362; amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VI, §601, title VII, §703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2816, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885.)

References in Text

Section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, referred to in subsec. (d), is section 264(c) of Pub. L. 104–191, which is set out as a note under section 1320d–2 of this title.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87 repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §601, amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section related to use of funds for special projects of national significance.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, and that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, see section 2(a)(2), (3)(A) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

subpart ii—aids education and training centers

§300ff–111. HIV/AIDS communities, schools, and centers

(a) Schools; centers

(1) In general

The Secretary may make grants and enter into contracts to assist public and nonprofit private entities and schools and academic health science centers in meeting the costs of projects—

(A) to train health personnel, including practitioners in programs under this subchapter and other community providers, in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of HIV/AIDS, including the prevention of the perinatal transmission of the disease, including measures for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections, and including (as applicable to the type of health professional involved), prenatal and other gynecological care for women with HIV/AIDS;

(B) to train the faculty of schools of, and graduate departments or programs of, medicine, nursing, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, public health, allied health, and mental health practice to teach health professions students to provide for the health care needs of individuals with HIV/AIDS;

(C) to develop and disseminate curricula and resource materials relating to the care and treatment of individuals with such disease and the prevention of the disease among individuals who are at risk of contracting the disease; and

(D) to develop protocols for the medical care of women with HIV/AIDS, including prenatal and other gynecological care for such women.

(2) Preference in making grants

In making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to qualified projects which will—

(A) train, or result in the training of, health professionals who will provide treatment for minority individuals and Native Americans with HIV/AIDS and other individuals who are at high risk of contracting such disease;

(B) train, or result in the training of, minority health professionals and minority allied health professionals to provide treatment for individuals with such disease; and

(C) train or result in the training of health professionals and allied health professionals to provide treatment for hepatitis B or C co-infected individuals.

(3) Application

No grant or contract may be made under paragraph (1) unless an application is submitted to the Secretary in such form, at such time, and containing such information, as the Secretary may prescribe.

(b) Dental schools

(1) In general

(A) Grants

The Secretary may make grants to dental schools and programs described in subparagraph (B) to assist such schools and programs with respect to oral health care to patients with HIV/AIDS.

(B) Eligible applicants

For purposes of this subsection, the dental schools and programs referred to in this subparagraph are dental schools and programs that were described in section 294o(b)(4)(B) of this title as such section was in effect on the day before November 13, 1998, and in addition dental hygiene programs that are accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation.

(2) Application

Each dental school or program described in section 1 the section referred to in paragraph (1)(B) may annually submit an application documenting the unreimbursed costs of oral health care provided to patients with HIV/AIDS by that school or hospital during the prior year.

(3) Distribution

The Secretary shall distribute the available funds among all eligible applicants, taking into account the number of patients with HIV/AIDS served and the unreimbursed oral health care costs incurred by each institution as compared with the total number of patients served and costs incurred by all eligible applicants.

(4) Maintenance of effort

The Secretary shall not make a grant under this subsection if doing so would result in any reduction in State funding allotted for such purposes.

(5) Community-based care

The Secretary may make grants to dental schools and programs described in paragraph (1)(B) that partner with community-based dentists to provide oral health care to patients with HIV/AIDS in unserved areas. Such partnerships shall permit the training of dental students and residents and the participation of community dentists as adjunct faculty.

(c) Authorization of appropriations

(1) Schools; centers

For the purpose of awarding grants under subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated $34,700,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009, $36,535,000 for fiscal year 2010, $38,257,000 for fiscal year 2011, $40,170,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $42,178,000 for fiscal year 2013.

(2) Dental schools

For the purpose of awarding grants under subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $13,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009, $13,650,000 for fiscal year 2010, $14,333,000 for fiscal year 2011, $15,049,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $15,802,000 for fiscal year 2013.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2692, formerly title VII, §776, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2050; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(4), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; renumbered title XXVI, §2692, and amended Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1363; Pub. L. 104–166, §5(2), July 29, 1996, 110 Stat. 1449; Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §402(a)(1), (b), (c), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1348, 1349; Pub. L. 109–415, title VI, §602, title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2817, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), (f)(1), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2886.)

Codification

Section was formerly classified to section 294n of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 104–146.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(1)(A), substituted “are authorized” for “is authorized” and inserted “, $36,535,000 for fiscal year 2010, $38,257,000 for fiscal year 2011, $40,170,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $42,178,000 for fiscal year 2013” before period at end.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(1)(B), substituted “are authorized” for “is authorized” and inserted “, $13,650,000 for fiscal year 2010, $14,333,000 for fiscal year 2011, $15,049,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $15,802,000 for fiscal year 2013” before period at end.

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing in text.

Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 109–415, §602(a)(1)(A), inserted “and Native Americans” after “minority individuals”.

Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 109–415, §602(a)(1)(B), (2), (3), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 109–415, §602(b), reenacted heading without change and amended text generally, substituting provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal years 2007 through 2009 for provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

2000—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(a)(1)(A), substituted “to train” for “training”, substituted “, including” for “and including” after “transmission of the disease”, and inserted “, and including (as applicable to the type of health professional involved), prenatal and other gynecological care for women with HIV disease” before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (a)(1)(D). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(a)(1)(B)–(D), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(b)(1), amended heading and text of par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “The Secretary may make grants to assist dental schools and programs described in section 294o(b)(4)(B) of this title with respect to oral health care to patients with HIV disease.”

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(b)(2), substituted “the section referred to in paragraph (1)(B)” for “294o(b)(4)(B) of this title”.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(b)(3), added par. (5).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(c)(1), substituted “fiscal years 2001 through 2005” for “fiscal years 1996 through 2000”.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 106–345, §402(c)(2), amended heading and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For the purpose of grants under subsection (b) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000.”

1996—Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(1), (2)(A), substituted “HIV/AIDS communities, schools, and centers” for “Acquired immune deficiency syndrome” as section catchline.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 104–166, §5(2)(A), substituted “in programs under this subchapter” for “in subchapter XXIV programs” and struck out “infection and” after “prevention of HIV”.

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(2)(B)(iii), added subpar. (A). Former subpar. (A) redesignated (B).

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(2)(B)(iv), inserted “and” after semicolon.

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(2)(B)(i), (ii), redesignated subpar. (A) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: “to train practitioners to provide for the health care needs of such individuals;”.

Subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(2)(B)(i), (ii), redesignated subpar. (D) as (C) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: “with respect to improving clinical skills in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of such disease, to educate and train the health professionals and clinical staff of schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, and dentistry; and”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–166, §5(2)(B), added subsec. (c) and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (c). Text read as follows: “For purposes of this section:

“(1) The term ‘HIV disease’ means infection with the human immunodeficiency virus, and includes any condition arising from such infection.

“(2) The term ‘human immunodeficiency virus’ means the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome.”

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–166, §5(2)(B), struck out heading and text of subsec. (d) relating to authorization of appropriations for fiscal years 1996 through 2000. Text read as follows: “There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1996 through 2000.”

Pub. L. 104–166, §5(2)(B), struck out heading and text of subsec. (d) relating to authorization of appropriations for fiscal years 1993 through 1995. Text read as follows:

“(1) Schools; centers.—For the purpose of grants under subsection (a) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $23,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1993 through 1995.

“(2) Dental schools.—For the purpose of grants under subsection (b) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $7,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1993 through 1995.”

Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(4), added subsec. (d) relating to authorization of appropriations for fiscal years 1996 through 2000.

1992—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102–531, which directed the substitution of “No grant” for “no grant” in par. (3), could not be executed because the words “no grant” did not appear in par. (3).

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 2(f)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–146 effective Oct. 1, 1996, see section 13 of Pub. L. 104–146, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–531 effective immediately after enactment of Pub. L. 102–408, see section 313(c) of Pub. L. 102–531, set out as a note under section 292y of this title.

Dissemination of Treatment Guidelines; Medical Consultation Activities

Pub. L. 106–345, title IV, §402(a)(2), Oct. 20, 2000, 114 Stat. 1349, provided that: “Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 20, 2000], the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall issue and begin implementation of a strategy for the dissemination of HIV treatment information to health care providers and patients.”

1 So in original.

subpart iii—minority aids initiative

§300ff–121. Minority AIDS initiative

(a) In general

For the purpose of carrying out activities under this section to evaluate and address the disproportionate impact of HIV/AIDS on, and the disparities in access, treatment, care, and outcomes for, racial and ethnic minorities (including African Americans, Alaska Natives, Latinos, American Indians, Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pacific Islanders), there are authorized to be appropriated $131,200,000 for fiscal year 2007, $135,100,000 for fiscal year 2008, $139,100,000 for fiscal year 2009, $146,055,000 for fiscal year 2010, $153,358,000 for fiscal year 2011, $161,026,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $169,077,000 for fiscal year 2013. The Secretary shall develop a formula for the awarding of grants under subsections (b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(B) that ensures that funding is provided based on the distribution of populations disproportionately impacted by HIV/AIDS.

(b) Certain activities

(1) In general

In carrying out the purpose described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall provide for—

(A) emergency assistance under part A;

(B) care grants under part B;

(C) early intervention services under part C;

(D) services through projects for HIV-related care under part D; and

(E) activities through education and training centers under section 300ff–111 of this title.

(2) Allocations among activities

Activities under paragraph (1) shall be carried out by the Secretary in accordance with the following:

(A) For supplemental grants to improve HIV-related health outcomes to reduce existing racial and ethnic health disparities, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, reserve the following, as applicable:

(i) For fiscal year 2007, $43,800,000.

(ii) For fiscal year 2008, $45,400,000.

(iii) For fiscal year 2009, $47,100,000.

(iv) For fiscal year 2010, $46,738,000.

(v) For fiscal year 2011, $49,075,000.

(vi) For fiscal year 2012, $51,528,000.

(vii) For fiscal year 2013, $54,105,000.


(B) For grants used for supplemental support education and outreach services to increase the number of eligible racial and ethnic minorities who have access to treatment through the program under section 300ff–26 of this title for therapeutics, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:

(i) For fiscal year 2007, $7,000,000.

(ii) For fiscal year 2008, $7,300,000.

(iii) For fiscal year 2009, $7,500,000.

(iv) For fiscal year 2010, $8,763,000.

(v) For fiscal year 2011, $9,202,000.

(vi) For fiscal year 2012, $9,662,000.

(vii) For fiscal year 2013, $10,145,000.


(C) For planning grants, capacity-building grants, and services grants to health care providers who have a history of providing culturally and linguistically appropriate care and services to racial and ethnic minorities, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:

(i) For fiscal year 2007, $53,400,000.

(ii) For fiscal year 2008, $55,400,000.

(iii) For fiscal year 2009, $57,400,000.

(iv) For fiscal year 2010, $61,343,000.

(v) For fiscal year 2011, $64,410,000.

(vi) For fiscal year 2012, $67,631,000.

(vii) For fiscal year 2013, $71,012,000.


(D) For eliminating racial and ethnic disparities in the delivery of comprehensive, culturally and linguistically appropriate care services for HIV/AIDS for women, infants, children, and youth, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:

(i) For fiscal year 2010, $20,448,000.

(ii) For fiscal year 2011, $21,470,000.

(iii) For fiscal year 2012, $22,543,000.

(iv) For fiscal year 2013, $23,671,000.


(E) For increasing the training capacity of centers to expand the number of health care professionals with treatment expertise and knowledge about the most appropriate standards of HIV/AIDS-related treatments and medical care for racial and ethnic minority adults, adolescents, and children with HIV/AIDS, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:

(i) For fiscal year 2010, $8,763,000.

(ii) For fiscal year 2011, $9,201,000.

(iii) For fiscal year 2012, $9,662,000.

(iv) For fiscal year 2013, $10,144,000.

(c) Consistency with prior program

With respect to the purpose described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall carry out this section consistent with the activities carried out under this subchapter by the Secretary pursuant to the Departments of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2002 (Public Law 107–116).

(d) Synchronization of minority AIDS initiative

For fiscal year 2010 and each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary shall incorporate and synchronize the schedule of application submissions and funding availability under this section with the schedule of application submissions and funding availability under the corresponding provisions of this subchapter as follows:

(1) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(A) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to emergency assistance under part A.

(2) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(B) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to care grants under part B.

(3) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(C) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to grants for early intervention services under part C.

(4) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(D) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to grants for services through projects for HIV-related care under part D.

(5) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(E) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to grants and contracts for activities through education and training centers under section 300ff–111 of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2693, as added and amended Pub. L. 109–415, title VI, §603, title VII, §§702(3), 703, Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2818, 2820; Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), (f)(2), Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2885, 2886.)

References in Text

The Departments of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2002, referred to in subsec. (c), is Pub. L. 107–116, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2177. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

Amendments

2009—Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), (3)(A), repealed Pub. L. 109–415, §703, and revived the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009. See 2006 Amendment note and Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note below.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(A), substituted “$139,100,000 for fiscal year 2009, $146,055,000 for fiscal year 2010, $153,358,000 for fiscal year 2011, $161,026,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $169,077,000 for fiscal year 2013. The Secretary shall develop a formula for the awarding of grants under subsections (b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(B) that ensures that funding is provided based on the distribution of populations disproportionately impacted by HIV/AIDS.” for “and $139,100,000 for fiscal year 2009.”

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(B)(i), struck out “competitive,” before “supplemental” in introductory provisions and added cls. (iv) to (vii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(B)(ii), struck out “competitive” before “grants” in introductory provisions and added cls. (iv) to (vii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(iv) to (vii). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(B)(iii), added cls. (iv) to (vii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(D). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(B)(iv), substituted “the following, as applicable:” for “$18,500,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009.” and added cls. (i) to (iv).

Subsec. (b)(2)(E). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(B)(v), substituted “the following, as applicable:” for “$8,500,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009.” and added cls. (i) to (iv).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–87, §2(f)(2)(C), added subsec. (d).

2006—Pub. L. 109–415, §703, which directed repeal of this section effective Oct. 1, 2009, was itself repealed by Pub. L. 111–87, §2(a)(1), effective Sept. 30, 2009.

Subsec. (b)(2)(D), (E). Pub. L. 109–415, §702(3), substituted “HIV/AIDS” for “HIV disease” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section

For provisions that repeal by section 2(a)(1) of Pub. L. 111–87 of section 703 of Pub. L. 109–415 be effective Sept. 30, 2009, that the provisions of this section as in effect on Sept. 30, 2009, be revived, and that amendment by section 2(f)(2) of Pub. L. 111–87 be applicable to this section as so revived and effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(2), (3) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as a note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

Part G—Notification of Possible Exposure to Infectious Diseases

§300ff–131. Infectious diseases and circumstances relevant to notification requirements

(a) In general

Not later than 180 days after October 30, 2009, the Secretary shall complete the development of—

(1) a list of potentially life-threatening infectious diseases, including emerging infectious diseases, to which emergency response employees may be exposed in responding to emergencies;

(2) guidelines describing the circumstances in which such employees may be exposed to such diseases, taking into account the conditions under which emergency response is provided; and

(3) guidelines describing the manner in which medical facilities should make determinations for purposes of section 300ff–133(d) of this title.

(b) Specification of airborne infectious diseases

The list developed by the Secretary under subsection (a)(1) shall include a specification of those infectious diseases on the list that are routinely transmitted through airborne or aerosolized means.

(c) Dissemination

The Secretary shall—

(1) transmit to State public health officers copies of the list and guidelines developed by the Secretary under subsection (a) with the request that the officers disseminate such copies as appropriate throughout the States; and

(2) make such copies available to the public.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2897.)

Effective Date

Part effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 2009, see section 2(a)(3)(B) of Pub. L. 111–87, set out as an Effective Date of 2009 Amendment; Revival of Section note under section 300ff–11 of this title.

§300ff–132. Routine notifications with respect to airborne infectious diseases in victims assisted

(a) Routine notification of designated officer

(1) Determination by treating facility

If a victim of an emergency is transported by emergency response employees to a medical facility and the medical facility makes a determination that the victim has an airborne infectious disease, the medical facility shall notify the designated officer of the emergency response employees who transported the victim to the medical facility of the determination.

(2) Determination by facility ascertaining cause of death

If a victim of an emergency is transported by emergency response employees to a medical facility and the victim dies at or before reaching the medical facility, the medical facility ascertaining the cause of death shall notify the designated officer of the emergency response employees who transported the victim to the initial medical facility of any determination by the medical facility that the victim had an airborne infectious disease.

(b) Requirement of prompt notification

With respect to a determination described in paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a), the notification required in each of such paragraphs shall be made as soon as is practicable, but not later than 48 hours after the determination is made.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695A, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2898.)

§300ff–133. Request for notification with respect to victims assisted

(a) Initiation of process by employee

If an emergency response employee believes that the employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease by a victim of an emergency who was transported to a medical facility as a result of the emergency, and if the employee attended, treated, assisted, or transported the victim pursuant to the emergency, then the designated officer of the employee shall, upon the request of the employee, carry out the duties described in subsection (b) regarding a determination of whether the employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease by the victim.

(b) Initial determination by designated officer

The duties referred to in subsection (a) are that—

(1) the designated officer involved collect the facts relating to the circumstances under which, for purposes of subsection (a), the employee involved may have been exposed to an infectious disease; and

(2) the designated officer evaluate such facts and make a determination of whether, if the victim involved had any infectious disease included on the list issued under paragraph (1) of section 300ff–131(a) of this title, the employee would have been exposed to the disease under such facts, as indicated by the guidelines issued under paragraph (2) of such section.

(c) Submission of request to medical facility

(1) In general

If a designated officer makes a determination under subsection (b)(2) that an emergency response employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease, the designated officer shall submit to the medical facility to which the victim involved was transported a request for a response under subsection (d) regarding the victim of the emergency involved.

(2) Form of request

A request under paragraph (1) shall be in writing and be signed by the designated officer involved, and shall contain a statement of the facts collected pursuant to subsection (b)(1).

(d) Evaluation and response regarding request to medical facility

(1) In general

If a medical facility receives a request under subsection (c), the medical facility shall evaluate the facts submitted in the request and make a determination of whether, on the basis of the medical information possessed by the facility regarding the victim involved, the emergency response employee was exposed to an infectious disease included on the list issued under paragraph (1) of section 300ff–131(a) of this title, as indicated by the guidelines issued under paragraph (2) of such section.

(2) Notification of exposure

If a medical facility makes a determination under paragraph (1) that the emergency response employee involved has been exposed to an infectious disease, the medical facility shall, in writing, notify the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the determination.

(3) Finding of no exposure

If a medical facility makes a determination under paragraph (1) that the emergency response employee involved has not been exposed to an infectious disease, the medical facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the determination.

(4) Insufficient information

(A) If a medical facility finds in evaluating facts for purposes of paragraph (1) that the facts are insufficient to make the determination described in such paragraph, the medical facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the insufficiency of the facts.

(B)(i) If a medical facility finds in making a determination under paragraph (1) that the facility possesses no information on whether the victim involved has an infectious disease included on the list under section 300ff–131(a) of this title, the medical facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the insufficiency of such medical information.

(ii) If after making a response under clause (i) a medical facility determines that the victim involved has an infectious disease, the medical facility shall make the determination described in paragraph (1) and provide the applicable response specified in this subsection.

(e) Time for making response

After receiving a request under subsection (c) (including any such request resubmitted under subsection (g)(2)), a medical facility shall make the applicable response specified in subsection (d) as soon as is practicable, but not later than 48 hours after receiving the request.

(f) Death of victim of emergency

(1) Facility ascertaining cause of death

If a victim described in subsection (a) dies at or before reaching the medical facility involved, and the medical facility receives a request under subsection (c), the medical facility shall provide a copy of the request to the medical facility ascertaining the cause of death of the victim, if such facility is a different medical facility than the facility that received the original request.

(2) Responsibility of facility

Upon the receipt of a copy of a request for purposes of paragraph (1), the duties otherwise established in this part regarding medical facilities shall apply to the medical facility ascertaining the cause of death of the victim in the same manner and to the same extent as such duties apply to the medical facility originally receiving the request.

(g) Assistance of public health officer

(1) Evaluation of response of medical facility regarding insufficient facts

(A) In the case of a request under subsection (c) to which a medical facility has made the response specified in subsection (d)(4)(A) regarding the insufficiency of facts, the public health officer for the community in which the medical facility is located shall evaluate the request and the response, if the designated officer involved submits such documents to the officer with the request that the officer make such an evaluation.

(B) As soon as is practicable after a public health officer receives a request under subparagraph (A), but not later than 48 hours after receipt of the request, the public health officer shall complete the evaluation required in such paragraph and inform the designated officer of the results of the evaluation.

(2) Findings of evaluation

(A) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the facts provided to the medical facility pursuant to subsection (c) were sufficient for purposes of determinations under subsection (d)(1)—

(i) the public health officer shall, on behalf of the designated officer involved, resubmit the request to the medical facility; and

(ii) the medical facility shall provide to the designated officer the applicable response specified in subsection (d).


(B) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the facts provided in the request to the medical facility were insufficient for purposes of determinations specified in subsection (c)—

(i) the public health officer shall provide advice to the designated officer regarding the collection and description of appropriate facts; and

(ii) if sufficient facts are obtained by the designated officer—

(I) the public health officer shall, on behalf of the designated officer involved, resubmit the request to the medical facility; and

(II) the medical facility shall provide to the designated officer the appropriate response under subsection (c).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695B, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2898.)

§300ff–134. Procedures for notification of exposure

(a) Contents of notification to officer

In making a notification required under section 300ff–132 of this title or section 300ff–133(d)(2) of this title, a medical facility shall provide—

(1) the name of the infectious disease involved; and

(2) the date on which the victim of the emergency involved was transported by emergency response employees to the medical facility involved.

(b) Manner of notification

If a notification under section 300ff–132 of this title or section 300ff–133(d)(2) of this title is mailed or otherwise indirectly made—

(1) the medical facility sending the notification shall, upon sending the notification, inform the designated officer to whom the notification is sent of the fact that the notification has been sent; and

(2) such designated officer shall, not later than 10 days after being informed by the medical facility that the notification has been sent, inform such medical facility whether the designated officer has received the notification.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695C, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2901.)

§300ff–135. Notification of employee

(a) In general

After receiving a notification for purposes of section 300ff–132 or 300ff–133(d)(2) of this title, a designated officer of emergency response employees shall, to the extent practicable, immediately notify each of such employees who—

(1) responded to the emergency involved; and

(2) as indicated by guidelines developed by the Secretary, may have been exposed to an infectious disease.

(b) Certain contents of notification to employee

A notification under this subsection to an emergency response employee shall inform the employee of—

(1) the fact that the employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease and the name of the disease involved;

(2) any action by the employee that, as indicated by guidelines developed by the Secretary, is medically appropriate; and

(3) if medically appropriate under such criteria, the date of such emergency.

(c) Responses other than notification of exposure

After receiving a response under paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (d) of section 300ff–133 of this title, or a response under subsection (g)(1) of such section, the designated officer for the employee shall, to the extent practicable, immediately inform the employee of the response.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695D, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2901.)

§300ff–136. Selection of designated officers

(a) In general

For the purposes of receiving notifications and responses and making requests under this part on behalf of emergency response employees, the public health officer of each State shall designate 1 official or officer of each employer of emergency response employees in the State.

(b) Preference in making designations

In making the designations required in subsection (a), a public health officer shall give preference to individuals who are trained in the provision of health care or in the control of infectious diseases.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695E, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2901.)

§300ff–137. Limitation with respect to duties of medical facilities

The duties established in this part for a medical facility—

(1) shall apply only to medical information possessed by the facility during the period in which the facility is treating the victim for conditions arising from the emergency, or during the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the victim is transported by emergency response employees to the facility, whichever period expires first; and

(2) shall not apply to any extent after the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the expiration of the applicable period referred to in paragraph (1), except that such duties shall apply with respect to any request under section 300ff–133(c) of this title received by a medical facility before the expiration of such 30-day period.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695F, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2901.)

§300ff–138. Miscellaneous provisions

(a) Liability of medical facilities, designated officers, public health officers, and governing entities

This part may not be construed to authorize any cause of action for damages or any civil penalty against any medical facility, any designated officer, any other public health officer, or any governing entity of such facility or officer for failure to comply with the duties established in this part.

(b) Testing

This part may not, with respect to victims of emergencies, be construed to authorize or require a medical facility to test any such victim for any infectious disease.

(c) Confidentiality

This part may not be construed to authorize or require any medical facility, any designated officer of emergency response employees, or any such employee, to disclose identifying information with respect to a victim of an emergency or with respect to an emergency response employee.

(d) Failure to provide emergency services

This part may not be construed to authorize any emergency response employee to fail to respond, or to deny services, to any victim of an emergency.

(e) Notification and reporting deadlines

In any case in which the Secretary determines that, wholly or partially as a result of a public health emergency that has been determined pursuant to section 247d(a) of this title, individuals or public or private entities are unable to comply with the requirements of this part, the Secretary may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, temporarily suspend, in whole or in part, the requirements of this part as the circumstances reasonably require. Before or promptly after such a suspension, the Secretary shall notify the Congress of such action and publish in the Federal Register a notice of the suspension.

(f) Continued application of State and local law

Nothing in this part shall be construed to limit the application of State or local laws that require the provision of data to public health authorities.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695G, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2902.)

§300ff–139. Injunctions regarding violation of prohibition

(a) In general

The Secretary may, in any court of competent jurisdiction, commence a civil action for the purpose of obtaining temporary or permanent injunctive relief with respect to any violation of this part.

(b) Facilitation of information on violations

The Secretary shall establish an administrative process for encouraging emergency response employees to provide information to the Secretary regarding violations of this part. As appropriate, the Secretary shall investigate alleged such 1 violations and seek appropriate injunctive relief.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695H, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2902.)

1 So in original.

§300ff–140. Applicability of part

This part shall not apply in a State if the chief executive officer of the State certifies to the Secretary that the law of the State is substantially consistent with this part.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title XXVI, §2695I, as added Pub. L. 111–87, §13, Oct. 30, 2009, 123 Stat. 2903.)